Document:

EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

Execution Version 
  

 
  

HESS MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS LP, 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 and

 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

as Trustee 
 5.625% Senior Notes
due 2026 
  
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
December 16, 2019 
  
  

 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	ARTICLE I	  			
		
	Definitions and Incorporation by Reference	  			
			
	 SECTION 1.1.
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 SECTION 1.2.
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	27	 
	 SECTION 1.3.
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	28	 
		
	ARTICLE II	  			
		
	The Notes	  			
			
	 SECTION 2.1.
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	28	 
	 SECTION 2.2.
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	29	 
	 SECTION 2.3.
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	29	 
	 SECTION 2.4.
	 	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust	  	 	30	 
	 SECTION 2.5.
	 	Noteholder Lists	  	 	30	 
	 SECTION 2.6.
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	30	 
	 SECTION 2.7.
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	30	 
	 SECTION 2.8.
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	31	 
	 SECTION 2.9.
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	31	 
	 SECTION 2.10.
	 	Cancellation	  	 	31	 
	 SECTION 2.11.
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	31	 
	 SECTION 2.12.
	 	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.	  	 	32	 
	 SECTION 2.13.
	 	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	 	32	 
	 SECTION 2.14.
	 	One Class of Notes	  	 	32	 
		
	ARTICLE III	  			
		
	Redemption	  			
	 SECTION 3.1.
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 3.2.
	 	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 3.3.
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 3.4.
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	34	 
	 SECTION 3.5.
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	35	 
	 SECTION 3.6.
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	35	 
		
	ARTICLE IV	  			
		
	Covenants	  			
			
	 SECTION 4.1.
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	35	 

  
 i 

							
	 SECTION 4.2.
	 	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock	  	 	36	 
	 SECTION 4.3.
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	40	 
	 SECTION 4.4.
	 	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	 	44	 
	 SECTION 4.5.
	 	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock	  	 	46	 
	 SECTION 4.6.
	 	Limitation on Liens	  	 	49	 
	 SECTION 4.7.
	 	Limitation on Affiliate Transactions	  	 	49	 
	 SECTION 4.8.
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	51	 
	 SECTION 4.9.
	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	51	 
	 SECTION 4.10.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	52	 
	 SECTION 4.11.
	 	Existence	  	 	52	 
	 SECTION 4.12.
	 	Reports	  	 	52	 
	 SECTION 4.13.
	 	Change of Control Triggering Event	  	 	55	 
	 SECTION 4.14.
	 	Termination of Covenants	  	 	56	 
		
	ARTICLE V	  			
		
	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.	  			
			
	 SECTION 5.1.
	 	When the Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets	  	 	56	 
	 SECTION 5.2.
	 	Successor Entity Substituted	  	 	58	 
		
	ARTICLE VI	  			
		
	Defaults and Remedies	  			
			
	 SECTION 6.1.
	 	Events of Default	  	 	58	 
	 SECTION 6.2.
	 	Acceleration	  	 	60	 
	 SECTION 6.3.
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	60	 
	 SECTION 6.4.
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	61	 
	 SECTION 6.5.
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	61	 
	 SECTION 6.6.
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	61	 
	 SECTION 6.7.
	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	62	 
	 SECTION 6.8.
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	62	 
	 SECTION 6.9.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	62	 
	 SECTION 6.10.
	 	Priorities	  	 	62	 
	 SECTION 6.11.
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	63	 
	 SECTION 6.12.
	 	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	 	63	 
		
	ARTICLE VII	  			
		
	Trustee	  			
			
	 SECTION 7.1.
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	63	 
	 SECTION 7.2.
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	65	 
	 SECTION 7.3.
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	66	 

  
 ii 

							
	 SECTION 7.4.
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	66	 
	 SECTION 7.5.
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	66	 
	 SECTION 7.6.
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	 	66	 
	 SECTION 7.7.
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	67	 
	 SECTION 7.8.
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	68	 
	 SECTION 7.9.
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	69	 
	 SECTION 7.10.
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	69	 
	 SECTION 7.11.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	 	69	 
		
	ARTICLE VIII	  			
		
	Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance	  			
			
	 SECTION 8.1.
	 	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	 	70	 
	 SECTION 8.2.
	 	Conditions to Defeasance	  	 	71	 
	 SECTION 8.3.
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	72	 
	 SECTION 8.4.
	 	Repayment to the Issuer	  	 	72	 
	 SECTION 8.5.
	 	Indemnity for Government Obligations	  	 	72	 
	 SECTION 8.6.
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	72	 
		
	ARTICLE IX	  			
		
	Amendments	  			
			
	 SECTION 9.1.
	 	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	73	 
	 SECTION 9.2.
	 	With Consent of Holders	  	 	74	 
	 SECTION 9.3.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	75	 
	 SECTION 9.4.
	 	Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	75	 
	 SECTION 9.5.
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	75	 
	 SECTION 9.6.
	 	Trustee To Sign Amendments	  	 	75	 
		
	ARTICLE X	  			
		
	Guarantees	  			
			
	 SECTION 10.1.
	 	Guarantees	  	 	76	 
	 SECTION 10.2.
	 	No Subrogation	  	 	77	 
	 SECTION 10.3.
	 	Consideration	  	 	77	 
	 SECTION 10.4.
	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	78	 
	 SECTION 10.5.
	 	Execution and Delivery	  	 	78	 
	 SECTION 10.6.
	 	Release of Guarantors	  	 	78	 
	 SECTION 10.7.
	 	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	79	 
		
	ARTICLE XI	  			
		
	Miscellaneous	  			
			
	 SECTION 11.1.
	 	Concerning the TIA	  	 	79	 

  
 iii 

							
	 SECTION 11.2.
	 	Notices	  	 	79	 
	 SECTION 11.3.
	 	Communication by Holders with other Holders	  	 	80	 
	 SECTION 11.4.
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	81	 
	 SECTION 11.5.
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	81	 
	 SECTION 11.6.
	 	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	81	 
	 SECTION 11.7.
	 	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	81	 
	 SECTION 11.8.
	 	Governing Law	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.9.
	 	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.10.
	 	Successors	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.11.
	 	Multiple Originals	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.12.
	 	Variable Provisions	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.13.
	 	U.S.A. Patriot Act	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.14.
	 	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.15.
	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.16.
	 	Force Majeure	  	 	82	 
	 SECTION 11.17.
	 	FATCA	  	 	83	 

 Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix 
  

	
	 Exhibit 1 — Form of Note

	 Exhibit A — Form of Incumbency Certificate

	 Schedule A — Form of Supplemental Indenture

  
 iv 

 INDENTURE, dated as of December 16, 2019, among Hess Midstream Operations LP (formerly
known as Hess Midstream Partners LP), a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”, or the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized under the
laws of the United States, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for
the equal and ratable benefit of Holders of the Issuer’s Notes: 
 ARTICLE I 

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such
other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary
of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness which is extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or become a Subsidiary of such specific Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any
asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Additional Notes” means Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date and in
compliance with Section 2.13, it being understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Initial Note issued on the Issue Date shall not be an Additional Note. 

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any date of redemption, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield
to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such date of redemption. 

“affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or
indirect common Control with such specified Person. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any redemption date,
the excess of (if any) (A) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on February 15, 2021 (such redemption price being described in paragraph 5 of the Notes, exclusive of any accrued and unpaid
interest, if any), plus (2) all required remaining scheduled payments of interest due on such Note through February 15, 2021 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the redemption date) discounted to the
redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 50 basis points, over
(B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date. 

 “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition
(or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as
a “disposition”), of: 
 (1) any shares of Equity Interests of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other
than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); or 

(2) any assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including the Capital Stock of any of the Subsidiaries of the
Issuer. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that: (a) involves assets having a Fair Market Value of
less than $50.0 million or (b) results in net proceeds to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of less than $50.0 million; 

(2) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of (A) inventory in the ordinary course of business,
(B) used, obsolete or surplus equipment, (C) property or other assets no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, in the conduct of the business of the Issuer (including allowing any intellectual property that is no
longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, to lapse, go abandoned, or be invalidated), in each case, in the good faith judgment of an executive officer of the Issuer, and (D) cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(3) (i) sales, transfers or other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or
collection thereof in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and not as part of any accounts receivables financing transaction and (ii) dispositions of receivables pursuant to factoring transactions; 

(4) leases or subleases entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(5) licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by
condemnation or similar proceeding of, any asset of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (7) dispositions of
assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement assets;

 (8) the sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets in a manner permitted pursuant to
Article V; 

  
 2 

 (9) an issuance of Equity Interests by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (10) a Restricted Payment that does not violate
Section 4.3, or a Permitted Investment; 
 (11) the creation or perfection of a Lien permitted under this Indenture
and dispositions in connection with such Lien; 
 (12) foreclosure on, or condemnation of, assets; 

(13) the unwinding of any Obligations under Hedging Obligations; 

(14) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other
litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) sales, transfers and other dispositions of investments in
joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; 

(16) any sale or other disposition of Equity Interests in, or other securities or assets of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
and 
 (17) any issuance of additional Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity
Interests, in connection with any capital call or equity funding arrangements in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Attributable
Debt” when used with respect to any sale and leaseback transaction, means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate set forth or implicit in the terms of the lease included in such transaction) of the total
obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items which do not constitute payments for
property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). In the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a
penalty, such net amount shall be the lesser of the net amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the net amount shall also include the amount of the penalty, but no rent shall be
considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated) or the net amount determined assuming no such termination. 

“Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of such board; 

  
 3 

 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the
general partner of the partnership or, if the general partner is a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the general partner; 

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing
members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar
function. 
 “Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or a Sunday, that is not a day on which the Trustee or banking
institutions are authorized or required by law or regulation to close, in the city of New York, New York. 
 “Capital Lease
Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be, at the time
any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of
the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any lease (whether entered into before or after
the Issue Date) that would have been classified as an operating lease pursuant to GAAP as in effect prior to the effective date of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification No. 842 (Leases), will be deemed
not to represent a Capital Lease Obligation. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests (including
partnership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such
equity. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the
United States (or any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 

(2) investments in commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date
of acquisition a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies above cease publishing ratings of
investments; 

  
 4 

 (3) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances
and demand or time deposits, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, and such bank has a long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-” or the equivalent thereof by
S&P, or “A3” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies above cease publishing ratings of investments, and has a
combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500 million; 
 (4) fully collateralized
repurchase agreements described in clause (3) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (3) above; and 

(5) “money market funds” that invest 90% or more of their assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses
(1) through (4) above or that are rated AAA by S&P or Aaa by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies above cease publishing ratings of such
investments. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or a Permitted
Holder (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)); 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer; 

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person
(including any “person” as defined above), other than a Permitted Holder, acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Issuer, whether through the ownership of Voting
Stock, by contract or otherwise; or 
 (4) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation),
the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” as defined above), other than a Permitted Holder, acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Parent or
its general partner (or, if the general partner of the Parent is a partnership, its general partner), whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of the Reorganization. 

Further, notwithstanding the preceding, a conversion of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from a limited liability company,
corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity to a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form 

  
 5 

 
of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding Equity Interests in one form of entity for Equity Interests in another form of entity shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long as
following such conversion or exchange the Persons (including any “person” as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) who held the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such transactions continue to hold the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such entity, in each case, whether
through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of
both (i) a Change of Control and (ii) a Ratings Decline. 
 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. 
 “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a
maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed from the redemption date to February 15, 2021 that would be used, at the time of selection and under customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt
securities of a maturity most nearly equal to February 15, 2021. 
 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any
date of redemption, the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the date of redemption, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than three Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period and for any
specified Person, Consolidated Net Income for such period and such Person, plus 
 (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in
determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense for such period (including
imputed interest expense in respect of capital leases, amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, amortization of
capitalized interest and the net amount accrued (whether or not actually paid) pursuant to any interest rate protection agreement during such period); 

(2) consolidated income tax expense for such period; 

(3) all amounts attributable to depreciation for such period and amortization of intangible assets for such period; 

(4) (i) extraordinary expenses or losses for such period or (ii) any unusual or nonrecurring noncash charges or
losses (including impairment of goodwill or intangible assets) for such period; 

  
 6 

 (5) any losses for such period attributable to early extinguishment of
Indebtedness or obligations under any Swap Agreement; 
 (6) any unrealized losses for such period attributable to the
application of “mark-to-market” accounting in respect of Swap Agreements; 

(7) the cumulative effect for such period of a change in accounting principles; 

(8) any fees and expenses for such period relating to the Reorganization; 

(9) accretion of asset retirement obligations in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s
Accounting Standards Codification No. 410, and any similar accounting in prior periods; 
 (10) to the extent not
otherwise included, the proceeds of any business interruption insurance received during such period; 
 (11) to the
extent actually reimbursed (and not otherwise included in arriving at Consolidated Net Income), expenses covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with any transaction involving the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 (12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any management
equity plan or option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Person
or net cash proceeds of issuance of Equity Interests of the Person (other than Disqualified Stock); 
 provided that any cash payment made with
respect to any noncash items added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA for any prior period pursuant to clause (4) above shall be subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA for the period in which such cash payment is made; and minus 

(b) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of: 

(1) (i) any extraordinary gains for such period or (ii) any unusual or nonrecurring noncash gains for such period;

 (2) any gains for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any Swap
Agreement; 
 (3) any unrealized gains for such period attributable to the application of
“mark-to-market” accounting in respect of Swap Agreements and 

  
 7 

 (4) the cumulative effect for such period of a change in accounting
principles; provided further that Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated so as to exclude the effect of any gain or loss that represents after-tax gains or losses attributable to any sale, transfer or other
disposition of assets by such Person, other than dispositions of inventory and other dispositions in the ordinary course of business. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, net income (loss) of the specified Person on a consolidated basis determined in
accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets of the
specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less the current liabilities and intangible assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, which, in each case, would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person (but with such
consolidation limited to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date of determination. 

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, on any date, without duplication, (A) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness of the specified Person outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis, but only if such Indebtedness (i) is of the type referred to in clause (1), (2), or (3) (but excluding any contingent obligations) of the
definition of the term “Indebtedness” or (ii) is of the type referred to in clause (4) or (5) of the definition of the term “Indebtedness,” to the extent such Indebtedness relates to Indebtedness of others of the type
referred to in clause (i) above, plus (B) the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt of the Issuer outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis. 

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies
of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business with respect
to this Indenture shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 150 East 42nd Street, 40th Floor, New York, NY 10017 Attention: Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Services, and for Agent services such office shall also mean the
office or agency of the Trustee located at Corporate Trust Operations, MAC N9300-070, 600 South Fourth Street, Seventh Floor, Minneapolis, MN 55415, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time
to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more credit facilities, debt facilities (including those under the New Credit Agreement),
indentures or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, capital market financings, receivables financing (including through the sale of
receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such 

  
 8 

 
receivables) or letters of credit or letters of credit guarantees, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or
after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original trustee, holders, purchasers, administrative agent and lenders or another
administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original Credit Facility or any other credit or other agreement or indenture). 

“Customary Recourse Exceptions” means, with respect to any Non-Recourse Debt of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture exclusions from the exculpation provisions with respect to such Non-Recourse Debt for fraud, misapplication of cash, waste, willful destruction, bad faith and other
circumstances customarily excluded by lenders from exculpation provisions or included in separate indemnification agreements in non-recourse financings. 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or with the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the specified Person or its Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated as “Designated Non-Cash
Consideration” pursuant to an officers’ certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the portion of the non-cash consideration
converted to cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the consummation of such Asset Disposition). 
 “Disqualified
Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any
event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the
Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such
repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.3. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay
upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 

“Equity Interests” of any Person means (a) any and all Capital Stock of such Person and (b) all rights to purchase,
warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such Capital Stock of such Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into
Equity Interests, regardless of whether such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests. 

  
 9 

 “Equity Offering” means a sale of Equity Interests of a Person (other than
Disqualified Stock and other than to a Subsidiary of such Person) made for cash by such Person, or any cash contribution to the equity capital of such Person, after the Issue Date. 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC
thereunder. 
 “Existing HIP Notes” means the 5.625% senior notes due 2026 issued by Hess Infrastructure Partners LP and Hess
Infrastructure Partners Finance Corporation. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market
value of such asset or liability as determined by an officer of the Issuer in good faith. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means
with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries Incurs,
assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being
calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to
such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable Reference Period. In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions (including, without limitation, a single asset, a division or segment or an entire company) that have
been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers, asset purchase transactions or consolidations and including any related financing transactions during the Reference Period or subsequent to such
Reference Period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, including any Consolidated EBITDA and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have
occurred or are reasonably expected to occur in the next eighteen (18) months, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (regardless of whether those cost savings or operating improvements could then
be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto), provided that any amount of
such pro forma expense and cost reductions given effect represent an amount not greater than 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period; 

(2) the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations
or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 

  
 10 

 (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be
obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 
 (4) if any
Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the average rate in effect from the beginning of the applicable period to the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the
entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months); and 

(5) if any Indebtedness is Incurred under a revolving credit facility and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on
such indebtedness shall be calculated based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters subject to the pro forma calculation. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest
component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, discounts and other fees and charges Incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of
the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus 

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such
period; plus 
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4) an amount equal to all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified
Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; minus 

(5) to the extent included in clause (1) above, write-off of non-recurring deferred financing costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and any charge related to, or any premium or penalty paid in connection with, paying any Indebtedness of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to its Stated Maturity, 

  
 11 

 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any lease (whether entered into before or after the Issue Date) that would have been classified as an operating lease pursuant to GAAP as in effect prior to the effective date of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting
Standards Codification No. 842 (Leases), will be deemed not to represent a Capital Lease Obligation. 
 “GIP” means GIP II
Blue Holding Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the funds managed by Global Infrastructure Management, LLC, and such funds’ subsidiaries and affiliates, that hold interests in GIP II Blue Holding Partnership, L.P. 

“guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any indebtedness of any
other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue
of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other
manner the obligee of such indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “guarantee” will not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee,” when used as a verb, has a correlative meaning. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 

“Guarantor” means any Person that guarantees the Notes, either on the Issue Date or after the Issue Date in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture, in each case, until the guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement,
interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or
mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 
 “Hess” means
Hess Corporation. 
 “Holder” when used with respect to the Notes or “Noteholder,” means the Person in whose name a Note
is registered on the Registrar’s books. The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

  
 12 

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of
such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions; 

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six
months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or 
 (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations), would appear as a liability
upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset (other than Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests
of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, securing Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture, as applicable) of the specified Person (whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. The term “Indebtedness” excludes, however, any repayment or
reimbursement obligation of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Customary Recourse Exceptions, unless and until an event or circumstance occurs that triggers the Person’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s direct
repayment or reimbursement obligation (as opposed to contingent or performance obligations) to the lender or other Person to whom such obligation is actually owed, in which case the amount of such direct payment or reimbursement obligation shall
constitute Indebtedness. Unless expressly specified otherwise, all references to “Indebtedness” herein shall refer to Indebtedness of the Issuer. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute “Indebtedness”: 

(1) accrued expenses and trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) any Indebtedness which has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to the deposit of cash or
government securities (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all such Indebtedness at Stated Maturity or redemption, as applicable, and all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the sole benefit of the
holders of such Indebtedness and subject to no other Liens, and the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness; 

  
 13 

 (3) any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other
financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such obligation is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 

(4) any obligation arising from any agreement providing for indemnities, guarantees, purchase price adjustments,
holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of the acquired or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by any Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets;
and 
 (5) Indebtedness, the proceeds of which are funded into an escrow account or trust or similar arrangement pending
the satisfaction of one or more conditions, unless and until such proceeds are released to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Initial Notes” means $794,994,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2026 issued on the Issue Date. 

“Investment Grade” means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of
Moody’s); or a rating of BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P); and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement Rating Agency
or Rating Agencies appointed by the Issuer. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, (a) all direct or indirect
investments by such Person in other Persons (including affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding (1) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and
employees made in the ordinary course of business and (2) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), and (b) purchases or other acquisitions of
Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer will be deemed to have made an investment on the date
of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.3(c). 

“Issue Date” means December 16, 2019. 

“Issuer” means Hess Midstream Operations LP (formerly known as Hess Midstream Partners LP). 

“Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer in which the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment. 

  
 14 

 “Leverage Ratio” means, on any date and for any Person, the ratio of
(a) Consolidated Total Debt of such Person as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Reference Period ending on or prior to such date. Any pro forma adjustments to the Leverage Ratio shall be made in the same manner
(as applicable) as pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Lien” means any mortgage,
pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 

“Maintenance Capital Expenditure” means expenditures (including expenditures for the construction, replacement, improvement or
expansion of existing capital assets) by a specified Person made to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity, operating income or revenue of such Person and its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “long term”
generally refers to a period of time greater than twelve months. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a
subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors. 
 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments
received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net cash proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as
consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such
Asset Disposition or other disposition or issuance or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses
incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of
such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset
Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in subsidiaries or joint
ventures or similar arrangements as a result of such Asset Disposition or made in connection with such Asset Disposition as determined by the Board of Directors of such subsidiary, joint venture or similar arrangement; and 

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any
liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition. 

  
 15 

 “New Credit Agreement” means the new credit agreement, to be dated on or about the
Issue Date, from time to time among the Issuer, as borrower, the other loan parties from time to time party thereto and the lenders from time to time party thereto, as amended supplemented or otherwise modified, and any extensions, renewals,
replacements or refinancings thereof (or of any prior New Credit Agreement), whether provided under the original New Credit Agreement or any other credit agreement. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), except for Customary Recourse Exceptions, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (c) is the lender; and 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause
the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with
Section 4.2, if any Non-Recourse Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to
constitute an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 
 “Notes” means (1) the Initial Notes and
(2) Additional Notes, if any. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to
the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law), other monetary obligations,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum and consent solicitation statement, dated October 4, 2019, as amended on
November 1, 2019 and November 27, 2019, and as supplemented on November 25, 2019, relating to the offer to exchange any and all Existing HIP Notes outstanding for up to $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes and cash, as
described therein. 

  
 16 

 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
Controller, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the General Counsel, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary, as applicable. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by any two Officers of the Company and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Operating Surplus” means, as of any determination date and for any Person, Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the immediately
preceding quarter, less (i) consolidated interest expense for such period (including imputed interest expense in respect of capital leases, amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, amortization of capitalized interest and the net amount accrued (whether or not actually paid) pursuant to any interest rate protection agreement during such period),
(ii) Maintenance Capital Expenditure for such period and (iii) to the extent applicable, consolidated income tax expense for such period, in each case, of the specified Person. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Issuer. The counsel may be an employee of the Issuer or any
of the Issuer’s affiliates. Opinions of Counsel required to be delivered under this Indenture may have qualifications customary for opinions of the type required and counsel delivering such Opinions of Counsel may rely on certificates of the
Issuer or governmental or other officials customary for opinions of the type required, including certificates certifying as to matters of fact. 

“Parent” means Hess Midstream LP. 

“Parent Entity” means any Person that is a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer. As of the Issue Date, the Parent will be
a Parent Entity. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes, in the case
of the Issuer, or the Guarantees, in the case of any Guarantor (in each case, without giving effect to collateral arrangements). 

“Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock was Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of (i) a Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) a Person that merged or consolidated with the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that on the date such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or the date such Person was merged or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, after giving pro forma effect
thereto, (a) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.2 or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer would be
equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction; provided that such Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation.

 “Permitted Business” means (a) any Similar Business, (b) any other business that generates gross income at least 90%
of which constitutes “qualifying income” under Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or (c) any activity that is ancillary, complementary or incidental to or necessary or appropriate for the activities
described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition, including entering into Hedging Obligations related to any of these activities. 

  
 17 

 “Permitted Business Investments” means Investments by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or in any Joint Venture, provided that: 

(1) either (i) at the time of such Investment and immediately thereafter, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.2(a) or (ii) such Investment does not exceed the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds (as defined in Section 4.3) not previously expended at the time of
making such Investment; 
 (2) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture has outstanding Indebtedness at the time
of such Investment, either (i) all such Indebtedness is Non-Recourse Debt or is owed to the Issuer or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any such Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiaries or Joint Venture that is recourse to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries could, at the time such Investment is made, be Incurred at that time by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries under Section 4.2; and 

(3) such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s or Joint Venture’s activities are not outside the scope of the Permitted
Business. 
 “Permitted Holders” means each of (a) Hess and its affiliates, (b) GIP together with the parallel
investment entities and alternative investment entities of GIP, and any future investment fund or co-investment fund managed by Global Infrastructure Management, LLC, provided that in no event will any
portfolio company of any of the foregoing be included in the definition of “Permitted Holder,” (c) the Parent and any of its Subsidiaries, (d) the Company and any of its Subsidiaries and (e) any director, officer, general
partner, managing member, principal or managing director of the Company, the Parent or any Person described in clauses (a) through (d) above, provided that such Person described in this clause (e), at the time of determination, holds such
office, directorship or other specified role at the Company, the Parent or any Person described in clauses (a) through (d) above. 

“Permitted Investment” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or in a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 

(i) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

  
 18 

 (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into,
or transfers or conveys substantially all of its properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from:

 (i) an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.5; or 

(ii) a disposition of assets deemed not to be an Asset Disposition under the definition of “Asset Disposition”;

 (5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Issuer; 
 (6) any Investments received (i) in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of
trade creditors or customers that were Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any
trade creditor or customer, or as a result of a foreclosure, perfection or enforcement by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes; or
(ii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations permitted to be Incurred; 

(8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with the past practice of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.5 million at any one time outstanding; 

(9) repurchases of the Notes; 

(10) any Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, workers’
compensation and performance and other similar deposits and prepaid expenses made in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) Permitted Business Investments; 

(12) any Investment existing on the Issue Date, and any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds an existing
Investment; provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded; and 

  
 19 

 (13) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market
Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed
the greater of $200.0 million and 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer; provided, however, that any Investment pursuant to this clause (13) made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of
such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (13) for
so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 provided, however, that with respect to any Investment, the Issuer may, in its sole
discretion, allocate all or any portion of any Investment and later re-allocate all or any portion of any Investment to one or more of the above clauses (1) through (13) so that the entire Investment
would be a Permitted Investment. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens securing any Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.2(b)(1) and all Obligations and Hedging Obligations
relating to such Indebtedness; 
 (2) Liens in favor of the Issuer or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer
or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or the Subsidiary; 

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not Incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 

(5) Liens and deposits to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, workers compensation
obligations, reimbursement obligations owed to insurers, bids, performance bonds, true leases, other types of social security or other obligations of a like nature Incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of
credit issued to assure payment of such obligations); 
 (6) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens
described in clause (1) of this definition); 
 (7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims
that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been
made therefor; 
 (8) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s,
repairman’s, mechanics’ and other like Liens, in each case, Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 20 

 (9) defects, irregularities and deficiencies in title of any rights of
way, survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other
similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair
their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (10) inchoate Liens arising under ERISA; 

(11) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the guarantees of the Notes); 

(12) Liens on any property or asset acquired, constructed or improved by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
which (a) are in favor of the seller of such property or assets, in favor of the Person developing, constructing, repairing or improving such asset or property, or in favor of the Person that provided the funding for the acquisition,
development, construction, repair or improvement cost, as the case may be, of such asset or property, (b) are created within 360 days after the acquisition, development, construction, repair or improvement, (c) secure the purchase price or
development, construction, repair or improvement cost, as the case may be, of such asset or property in an amount up to 100% of the Fair Market Value of such acquisition, construction or improvement of such asset or property, and (d) are
limited to the asset or property so acquired, constructed or improved (including the proceeds thereof, accessions thereto and upgrades thereof); 

(13) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture; 

(14) Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect
to money or instruments of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on deposit with or in possession of such bank; 

(15) Liens securing Hedging Obligations or Treasury Management Arrangements of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (16) Liens securing any insurance premium financing under customary terms and conditions, provided that
no such Lien may extend to or cover any assets or property other than the insurance being acquired with such financing, the proceeds thereof and any unearned or refunded insurance premiums related thereto; 

(17) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to an
aggregate amount of Indebtedness and the Attributable Debt payable under leases entered into in connection with sale and leaseback transactions that at any one time outstanding does not exceed the greater of (i) $250.0 million and (ii) 5% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer; 

  
 21 

 (18) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as
any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such legal proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 

(19) Liens resulting from the deposit of money or other Cash Equivalents in trust for the purpose of defeasing
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (20) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that: 
 (i) the new Lien is limited to
all or part of the same property or assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions
thereof); and 
 (ii) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of
(x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any
fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; 

(21) Liens relating to future escrow arrangements securing Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with this Indenture; and

 (22) Liens renewing, extending, refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted by clauses (1) through (21) above;
provided that (i) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to the renewal, extension, refinance or refund of such Lien, plus all accrued
interest on the Indebtedness secured thereby and the amount of all fees, expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith, and (ii) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the assets permitted to be encumbered immediately prior
to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 
 (1) the principal amount of such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including
premiums, Incurred in connection therewith and with the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); 

  
 22 

 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date
later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or the guarantees of the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or the guarantees of the Notes, on
terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 

(4) such Indebtedness is not Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor) if a Guarantor is
the issuer or other primary obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Preferred
Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary
or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 
 “Quotation
Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the Issuer. 
 “Rating Agency” means each of Moody’s and
S&P; provided, that if any of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available, the Issuer will appoint a replacement for such Rating Agency that is a “nationally recognized
statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act. 
 “Rating Categories”
means: (1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and (2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba,
B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories). 
 “Ratings Decline” means the occurrence of a decrease in the rating of
the Notes by one or more gradations by each Rating Agency (including gradations within the Rating Categories, as well as between Rating Categories), within 60 days before or after the earlier of (x) a Change of Control, (y) the date of
public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or (z) public notice of the intention of the Company to effect a Change of Control (which 60-day period shall be extended so long as the rating of
the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by either Rating Agency); provided, however, that a Ratings Decline otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating will not be deemed

  
 23 

 
to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Ratings Decline for purposes of the definition of Change of Control and Change of Control Triggering
Event) unless each Rating Agency making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply announces or publicly confirms or informs the Trustee in writing at the request of the Company or the Trustee that the reduction was the
result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Ratings Decline).

 “Reference Period” means, with respect to any date of determination, the four most recent fiscal quarters of the Issuer for
which internal financial statements are available. 
 “Reference Treasury Dealer” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and its
successors, and any other primary treasury dealer the Issuer selects. If J.P. Morgan Securities LLC ceases to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City, the Issuer shall substitute another primary treasury dealer. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any date of redemption, the
average, as determined by the Issuer, of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by the Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the third Business Day before the date of redemption. 
 “Reorganization” means the reorganization of the
Issuer and certain other subsidiaries of its indirect parent company through a series of transactions, as described in the Offering Memorandum. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the specified Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless the context
requires, references to a “Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 
 “S&P” means
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors. 
 “SEC”
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness of such Person, unless the instrument creating or
evidencing such Indebtedness provides that such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the guarantee of the Notes of such Person, as the case may be. 

  
 24 

 “Similar Business” means (1) the purchase, production, compression,
gathering, processing, treatment, dehydration, separation, exploitation, fractionating, sale, transportation, marketing, production handling, terminaling, storage of crude oil, natural gas, condensate, natural gas liquids or other hydrocarbons;
(2) fresh water distribution and waste water collection, transportation, treatment and disposal services, (3) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date; or
(4) any business that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary to the foregoing or extensions, developments or expansions thereof. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which
the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior
to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 

“Swap Agreement” means any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement or other interest rate, currency or commodity price
protection agreement capable of financial settlement only. 
 “Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other
arrangement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, return check concentration, controlled
disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services. 
 “Trust
Indenture Act” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is
amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendments, the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended. 

“Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
including any vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer, assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers,
respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 

  
 25 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is designated by
the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of such Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) other than any such Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary that is recourse to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall include all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary for which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may be directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, obligated to pay, whether pursuant to
the terms of such Indebtedness, by law or pursuant to any guarantee, including any “claw-back,” “make-well” or “keep-well” arrangement) could, at the time such designation is made, be Incurred at that time by the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.2(a), has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.7, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who
are not affiliates of the Issuer; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating
results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness
of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent such guarantee or credit support would be released, terminated or no longer exist upon such designation. 

All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be also Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent or the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
designation complied with the preceding conditions and the Investment of the Parent in such Subsidiary was permitted by Section 4.3. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not
permitted to be Incurred as of such date under Section 4.2, the Issuer will be in default of such covenant. 
 “U.S. Government
Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit
of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 

  
 26 

 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then
outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking
fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that
will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness. 
 SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	“Acceptable Commitment”	  	4.5
	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	4.7
	“Agent Members”	  	Appendix
	“Appendix”	  	2.1
	“Asset Disposition Offer”	  	4.5
	“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”	  	4.5
	“Asset Disposition Offer Period”	  	4.5
	“Change of Control Offer”	  	4.13
	“Company”	  	Preamble
	“covenant defeasance option”	  	8.1
	“Definitive Note”	  	Appendix
	“Depository”	  	Appendix
	“Distribution Compliance Period”	  	Appendix
	“DTC”	  	Appendix
	“Events of Default”	  	6.1
	“FATCA Withholding Tax”	  	11.17
	“Global Notes”	  	Appendix
	“Incremental Funds”	  	4.3
	“Incur”, “Incurrence”, “Incurred”	  	4.2
	“Issuer Order”	  	2.2
	“legal defeasance option”	  	8.1
	“Net Available Cash Amount”	  	4.5
	“Notes”	  	Appendix
	“Note Obligations”	  	10.1
	“Notice of Default”	  	6.1
	“Paying Agent”	  	2.3
	“Permitted Debt”	  	4.2
	“QIB”	  	Appendix
	“Registrar”	  	2.3

  
 27 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	“Regulation S”	  	Appendix
	“Regulation S Global Note”	  	Appendix
	“Restricted Payments”	  	4.3
	“Rule 144A”	  	Appendix
	“Rule 144A Global Note”	  	Appendix
	“Second Commitment”	  	4.5
	“Securities Custodian”	  	Appendix
	“Transfer Restricted Notes”	  	Appendix

 SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. For purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly
provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “including” means including without limitation; 

(d) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(e) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date or the date any Additional Notes were originally
issued, as the case may be; and 
 (f) all references herein to particular Sections or Articles shall refer to this Indenture unless
otherwise so indicated. 
 ARTICLE II 

The Notes 
 SECTION 2.1.
Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”), which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Indenture.
The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated
the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in each of the Appendix, Exhibit 1 and Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 28 

 SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. 

(a) An Officer of the Issuer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature which may be imprinted or otherwise
reproduced thereon. If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

(b) A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The
signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated under this Indenture. 

(c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $794,994,000 of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2026 and, at any time and from time
to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer (the “Issuer
Order”). Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. 

(d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms
of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights
as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more additional
paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any such additional paying agent. The Issuer may change the Registrar or appoint one or more co-Registrars without notice. 

(b) In the event the Issuer shall retain any Person not a party to this Indenture as an agent hereunder, the Issuer shall enter into an
appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of
each such agent. If the Issuer fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Issuer shall be responsible for the fees and
compensations of all agents appointed or approved by it. Either Issuer or any of their domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent. 

(c) The Issuer initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. 

  
 29 

 SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. By no later than 11:00 a.m.
(New York City time) on the date on which any principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest when due. The
Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment and shall, during the continuance of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making
of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes. If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying
Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds
disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy,
reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5.
Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall cause the
Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders. 
 SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in
registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(1) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a
co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. 

SECTION 2.7. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note shall provide the Issuer
and the Trustee with evidence to their satisfaction that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of
Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. In addition, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or surety bond
sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer and the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for
their expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer. 

  
 30 

 SECTION 2.8. Outstanding Notes. 

(a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof
satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code). 

(c) If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money
sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to
be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.9. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery,
the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without
unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary
Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuer for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor, one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.10. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer or exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record
retention requirements then in effect) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, payment or cancellation and, upon the written request of the Issuer, deliver evidence of such cancellation to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue
new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, which shall not prohibit the Issuer from issuing any Additional Notes. All canceled Notes held by the Trustee may be disposed of by the Trustee in
accordance with its then customary practices and procedures. The Trustee shall provide to the Issuer a list of all Notes that have been canceled from time to time as requested in writing by the Issuer. 

SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay, or shall deposit
with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay, defaulted interest plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful at the rate specified therefor in the Notes in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the
defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special 

  
 31 

 
record date, which shall be the 15th day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before such
special record date, the Issuer shall mail or electronically deliver or cause to be mailed or electronically delivered to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to
determine the amount of defaulted interest, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculations of the amount of defaulted interest owed. 

SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and
“Common Code” numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders;
provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or exchange and that reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee in writing of any change in any
“CUSIP” numbers, ISINs or “Common Code” numbers applicable to the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.13. Issuance of Additional
Notes. 
 (a) After the Issue Date, the Issuer shall, subject to compliance with the terms of this Indenture but without notice to or the
consent of any Holders, be entitled to create and issue Additional Notes under this Indenture, which Notes shall have identical terms as, and rank equally and ratably with, the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the
date of issuance, issue price, the initial interest accrual date and amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto. 

(b) With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer and an
Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee along with the Issuer Order, the following information: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and

 (2) the issue price, the issue date, the initial interest accrual date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes,
provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be issued with the same CUSIP number as the Notes previously issued under this Indenture if such Additional Notes are not fungible with such previously issued Notes for U.S. federal
income tax or other purposes. 
 SECTION 2.14. One Class of Notes. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes
shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class; and none of the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall together
be deemed to constitute a single class or series for all purposes under this Indenture. 

  
 32 

 ARTICLE III 

Redemption 
 SECTION 3.1.
Notices to Trustee. 
 (a) If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, they shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. In connection with any redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes prior to February 15, 2026, the Issuer shall give the Trustee notice of the redemption price
promptly after the calculation thereof and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for such calculation. 
 (b) The Issuer shall give each
notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 30 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date,
interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 (c) Such notice shall be accompanied by an
Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. 
 SECTION 3.2.
Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are being redeemed, and the Notes are Global Notes, the Notes to be redeemed will be selected by DTC in accordance with its standard procedures. If less than all of the Notes
are to be redeemed and the Notes are not Global Notes, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate, in accordance with
methods generally used at the time of selection by indenture trustees in similar circumstances. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects
shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the
Issuer of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes, interests in the Notes shall be selected for redemption by the Depository in accordance with its
standard procedures therefor. 
 SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption. 

(a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Issuer shall mail by first-class mail or
electronically deliver or cause to be mailed by first-class mail or electronically delivered a notice of redemption to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. 

  
 33 

 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; 

(2) the redemption date; 

(3) the redemption price (or the method of calculating such price) and the amount of accrued interest to be paid, if any; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any; 
 (6) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate number (if
certificated) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed; 
 (7) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making
such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(8) the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 

(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, listed
in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (10) any conditions precedent to the redemption. 

(b) At the Issuer’s written request (which may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given
such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the Issuer and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.3 at
least five Business Days prior to the date chosen for giving such notice to the Holders (unless the Trustee shall agree to a shorter period). The notice, if mailed or electronically delivered in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively
presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or electronic delivery or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in
part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Notes. 
 SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of
Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed or electronically delivered in accordance with Section 3.3, Notes called for redemption shall become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price as stated in the notice,
subject to satisfaction of any condition specified with respect to such redemption. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent on or after the redemption date, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to, but not including, the redemption date; provided that the Issuer shall have deposited the redemption price with the Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption. Failure to
give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. Noteholders of record on the relevant record date shall be entitled to receive interest due on an interest payment date occurring
on or prior to a redemption date. 

  
 34 

 SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

(a) By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or
portions of Notes called for redemption which are owned by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer and have been delivered by the Issuer or such Subsidiary to the Trustee for cancellation. All money, if any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent
shall be remitted to the Issuer. In addition, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, if
any, on, all Notes to be redeemed. 
 (b) Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such redemption price, interest on the Notes or
portions of Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. 

SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder thereof (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note, equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 ARTICLE IV 

Covenants 
 SECTION 4.1.
Payment of Notes. 
 (a) The Issuer covenants and agrees that it shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if, on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date, the Trustee
or the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer is the Paying Agent, the segregated account or separate trust fund maintained by the Issuer or such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.4) holds in accordance with this
Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
 (b) The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue
principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful as provided in Section 2.11. 

  
 35 

 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuer or the
Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America or other domestic or foreign taxing authorities from principal, premium, if any, or interest
payments hereunder. 
 SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock. 

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “Incur,” “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have a corresponding meaning) any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer’s Reference Period immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is
Incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been
Incurred or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such Reference Period. 
 (b) Section 4.2(a)
will not prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) or the issuance of any Disqualified Stock described in clause (11) below: 

(1) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit and the
guarantees thereof under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (a) $1,750 million and (b) the sum of $850.0 million and 30% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer (determined as of the date of Incurrence and after
giving effect to the use of proceeds therefrom); 
 (2) the Incurrence by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement), until such amounts are repaid; 

(3) the Incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related guarantees to be
issued on the Issue Date; 
 (4) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or
equipment used in the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate 

  
 36 

 
principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4), at
any time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $150.0 million and (b) 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer (determined as of the date of Incurrence and after giving effect to the use of proceeds therefrom); 

(5) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for,
or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be Incurred under Section 4.2(a) or
Section 4.2(b)(2), (3), (4), (10) or (14) or this Section 4.2(b)(5); 
 (6) the Incurrence by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 

(i) if the Issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor of such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such
Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer, or the guarantee of the Notes, in the case of a Guarantor; and 

(ii) (x) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a
Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence
of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations or Indebtedness under Treasury
Management Arrangements; 
 (8) the guarantee by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (a) Indebtedness of
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.2 or (b) Indebtedness Incurred by Joint Ventures, provided that such guarantee constitutes a Permitted Investment; and provided
further, in each case, that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes or the guarantees of the Notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the
Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (9) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect
of workers’ compensation claims, health or other types of social security benefits, unemployment or other insurance or self-insurance obligations, insurance contracts, reclamation, statutory obligations, bankers’ acceptances, and
performance, payment, appeal and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and obligations respecting standby letters of credit supporting such obligations, to the extent not drawn (in each case other than an obligation
for money borrowed) and replacements of any of the foregoing; 

  
 37 

 (10) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness; 
 (11) the issuance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Disqualified
Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be; provided, however, that: 
 (i) any subsequent
issuance or transfer of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary that results in any such Disqualified Stock being held, directly or indirectly, by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute issuance of such Disqualified Stock by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause; 

(12) the Incurrence in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
under letters of credit Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility, provided that such obligations are reimbursed within 10 days following the drawing of such letter of credit; 

(13) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of liability in respect of the Indebtedness of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture but only to the extent that such liability is the result of the Issuer’s or any such Restricted Subsidiary’s being a general partner of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture and not as
guarantor of such Indebtedness and provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (13) and then outstanding does not exceed $25 million; and 

(14) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed
the greater of (a) $150.0 million and (b) 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer (determined as of the date of Incurrence and after giving effect to the use of proceeds therefrom). 

(c) The Issuer will not Incur, and will not permit any other Guarantor to Incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable guarantee of the Notes on
substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any such Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue
of being secured on a first or junior lien basis. 

  
 38 

 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.2, in the event that an
item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in Section 4.2(b)(1) through (14) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.2(a), the Issuer will be
permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its Incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.2. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities
outstanding on the Issue Date under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. 

(e) The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount or deferred financing costs, the payment of interest on
any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock or temporary equity as Indebtedness due to the application of or a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares or units of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.2; provided, in each
such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Issuer as accrued to the extent required by the definition of such term. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.2, the
maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 

(f) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(i) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or deferred
financing costs; 
 (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and 

(iii) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of
(a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 

(g) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar
equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the
case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if
calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the 

  
 39 

 
principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting
discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being
refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Issuer’s or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than distributions or dividends payable in Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) and other than distributions or
dividends payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value
(including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any guarantee of the Notes (excluding intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment
of interest or principal within one year of the Stated Maturity thereof; or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment, 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),
unless, at the time of and immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment (consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the last paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”) and
any related Incurrence of Indebtedness or other transactions, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment and any of: 

(1) the Leverage Ratio of the Issuer as of the last day of the Reference Period does not exceed 4.25 to 1.00; 

  
 40 

 (2) if (A) the Leverage Ratio of the Issuer as of the last day of the
Reference Period exceeds 4.25 to 1.00 and (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for the Reference Period is not less than 1.75 to 1.00, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments
made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.3(b)(2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11), (12) and (13)) during the quarter in which such Restricted Payment is made, is less than
the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (i) Operating Surplus of the Issuer as of the end of the immediately preceding quarter;
plus 
 (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer (including the Fair Market Value of any Permitted
Business or long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock)) since the Issue Date as a contribution to its equity or from the
issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or
exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer); plus 

(iii) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or Cash Equivalents or
otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, the return of capital or similar payment made in cash or Cash Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any); plus 

(iv) the net reduction in Restricted Investments made after the Issue Date resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or
advances, or other transfers of assets in each case to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted
Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts have not been included in Operating Surplus of the Issuer for any period commencing on or after the Issue Date (items (ii), (iii) and (iv) being referred to as “Incremental Funds”); minus 

(v) the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds previously expended pursuant to this clause (2) and clause (3) below;
or 
 (3) if (A) the Leverage Ratio of the Issuer as of the last day of the Reference Period exceeds 4.25 to 1.00 and
(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for the Reference Period is less than 1.75 to 1.00, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.3(b)(2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11), (12) and (13)) during the quarter in which such Restricted Payment is made (such Restricted Payments permitted for purposes of
this clause (3) meaning only distributions on common units or other partnership interests of the Issuer), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

  
 41 

 (i) $300.0 million less the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments
made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (3)(i) during the period ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment and beginning on the Issue Date; plus 

(ii) Incremental Funds to the extent not previously expended pursuant to this clause (3) or clause (2) above. 

(b) Section 4.3(a) shall not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of an irrevocable redemption of subordinated Indebtedness
within 60 days after the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, or the delivery of the irrevocable notice of redemption, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or the date on which such irrevocable notice is delivered,
such dividend, distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture (assuming, in the case of a redemption payment, the giving of the notice of such redemption payment would have been deemed to be a Restricted Payment
at such time and such deemed Restricted Payment would have been permitted at such time); 
 (2) the making of any Restricted
Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent (i) capital contribution to the Issuer from any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) or (ii) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, with a sale being deemed substantially concurrent if such Restricted Payment occurs not more than 120 days after such sale; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that
are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded or deducted from the calculation of Operating Surplus and Incremental Funds; 

(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any subordinated Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an Incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(4) the payment of any distribution or dividend by any Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) on a pro rata basis; 
 (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused
thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary held by any current or former officer, director, consultant or employee of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any equity subscription agreement or plan, stock or unit option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, employment agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period; provided further that the Issuer may carry over and make in subsequent twelve-month periods any unutilized capacity under
this clause (5); provided further that such amount in any twelve-month 

  
 42 

 
period may be increased by an amount equal to (a) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer to members of management, employees or directors of
the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date (to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of
Section 4.3(a)(2)(ii) or (3)(ii)), plus (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer after the Issue Date, less (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of
this clause (5); 
 (6) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, payments of
dividends on Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 4.2; 
 (7) purchases or other acquisitions of Capital Stock
(a) deemed to occur upon exercise of stock or unit options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or other convertible securities or (b) made in
lieu of withholding taxes resulting from any such exercise; 
 (8) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares
in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Issuer, or arising from stock or unit dividends, splits or business combinations; 

(9) in connection with an acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, the return to the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting a portion of the purchase consideration in settlement of indemnification claims or pursuant to purchase price adjustments under the acquisition agreement; 

(10) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those described under Section 4.5 or Section 4.13; provided that all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders of the Notes in
connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, have been purchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value; 

(11) any Restricted Payments made or deemed to have been made in connection with the Reorganization; 

(12) the non-cash repurchase of Equity Interests in the Issuer, or the repurchase of
Equity Interests in the Issuer using cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent contribution by the Parent Entity of equity to the Issuer, in either case to effect a redemption or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement of the
Issuer; and 

  
 43 

 (13) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, when taken together
with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (13) since the Issue Date at that time outstanding, not to exceed $50 million. 

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment, except that the amount of any non-cash dividend or
distribution paid in accordance with Section 4.3(b)(1) shall be the Fair Market Value as of the date on which such dividend or distribution is declared. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this
Section 4.3 shall be determined in the manner prescribed in the definition of that term. For the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.3, in the event that (a) a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one
of the categories of Restricted Payments described in Section 4.3(b)(1) through (13), the Issuer shall be permitted to classify (or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with
this Section 4.3 and (b) a Restricted Payment is made pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(2) or (3), the Issuer shall be permitted to classify whether all or any portion thereof is being (and in the absence of such classification shall be
deemed to have classified the minimum amount possible as having been) made with Incremental Funds; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer is not permitted to classify (or reclassify) any such Restricted Payment or portion thereof as
being made pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(1). 
 (d) For the avoidance of doubt, any transactions consummated in connection with the
Reorganization (including any conversion of equity interests held by a Person in the Issuer for equity interests in the Parent) shall not constitute Incremental Funds pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(2)(ii). Further, any such transactions shall not
constitute a Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent capital contribution or sale as contemplated by Section 4.3(b)(2). 

SECTION 4.4. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to: 

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
or pay any indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that priority of any preferred equity or similar Equity Interest in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to the payment of dividends
or liquidating distributions on common equity shall not be deemed to be a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

  
 44 

 (3) sell, lease or otherwise transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Issuer or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) However, the preceding restrictions in Section 4.4(a) will not apply to
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) agreements as in effect on the Issue Date and any
amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution or other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the guarantees; 

(3) agreements governing any of the transactions effecting or related to the Reorganization; 

(4) agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.2 and any amendments, restatements,
modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture, the Notes and
the guarantees; 
 (5) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(6) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interest of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Equity Interest was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
incurred; 
 (7) customary non-assignment provisions in transportation agreements or
purchase and sale or exchange agreements, pipeline and water treatment agreements, or similar operational agreements or in licenses or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(8) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that
impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in Section 4.4(a)(3); 

  
 45 

 (9) any agreement (a) for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted
Subsidiary that contains any such restrictions on that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition or (b) for the sale or other disposition of a particular asset or line of business of a Restricted Subsidiary that imposes
restrictions on assets subject to any agreement of the nature described in Section 4.4(a)(3); 
 (10) Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (11) Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 4.6 that limit the right of the
debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (12) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets
or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, so long as such encumbrance
or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions; 

(14) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; and 
 (15) encumbrances or restrictions contained in, or in respect of, Hedging Obligations permitted
under this Indenture from time to time. 
 SECTION 4.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, nor shall the Issuer permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to consummate any Asset Disposition
unless: 
 (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the
Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the Equity Interests and assets subject to such Asset Disposition; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. 
 (b) Within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the
receipt of such Net Available Cash, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply, at its option, an amount in cash (a “Net Available Cash Amount”) equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition: 

(1) to repay any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or to make an offer to repurchase or redeem
such Indebtedness, provided that such repurchase or redemption closes within 45 days after the end of such 365-day period; and, in each case, owing to a Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary; 

  
 46 

 (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, or
any Capital Stock of, a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, such Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 

(3) to make a capital expenditure in a Permitted Business; 

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted
Business; or 
 (5) in any combination of applications described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above; 

provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash Amounts in accordance with Section 4.5(b)(1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) and
Section 4.5(d), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Invest or otherwise use such Net Available Cash Amounts in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture; provided, further, that in the case of Section 4.5(b)(2), (3) and (4), a
binding commitment to invest in properties, assets, Capital Stock, or to make such capital expenditures shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Available Cash Amounts from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash Amounts will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 365 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the
event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash Amounts are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a
“Second Commitment”) within 365 days of such cancellation or termination, it being understood that if a Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash Amounts are applied, then such Net
Available Cash Amounts shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 
 (c) For the purposes of Section 4.5(a)(2) and for no other purpose, the
following shall be deemed to be cash: 
 (1) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Note guarantees, (y) Preferred Stock and (z) Disqualified
Stock) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or that are otherwise cancelled, forgiven or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee); 

(2) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result
of such Asset Disposition (other than intercompany debt owed to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries), to the extent that the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such
Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; 

  
 47 

 (3) any Designated Non-Cash
Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated
Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer, with the Fair Market Value of each item
of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and 

(4) any securities or other Obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are
converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition. 

(d) Any amount of Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.5(b) shall be deemed
to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, or earlier at the Issuer’s option, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50 million, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall make an
offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of the Notes and, at the Issuer’s election, to the holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the date of purchase (subject to the
right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the relevant Pari Passu Indebtedness, as
applicable, in each case in denominations of $2,000 and larger integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will commence an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by sending (or otherwise
delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture to the Holders of the Notes at each Holder’s registered address, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the
aggregate amount of Notes and the relevant Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary may use any remaining Excess
Proceeds for any purpose, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds
the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be repurchased shall be selected on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and tendered Pari Passu Indebtedness. Upon completion of
such Asset Disposition Offer, regardless of the amount of Excess Proceeds used to purchase Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness pursuant to such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

(e) The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a
longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will apply
all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of 

  
 48 

 
Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 4.5 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset
Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not validly withdrawn in response to the Asset
Disposition Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 (f) The Issuer and
any Restricted Subsidiary will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this
Section 4.5. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.5, the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations
and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.5 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations. 

SECTION 4.6. Limitation on Liens. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, Incur or assume any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, unless the Notes or any guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as
applicable, are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by a Lien. 

SECTION 4.7. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. 

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any affiliate of the
Issuer other than the Parent (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of $50.0 million unless: 

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than
those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Parent, no comparable transaction is available
with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary from a financial or commercial point of view; and 

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction (or series of related Affiliate Transactions)
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $100.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.7 and
that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent, or a majority of the members of a conflicts committee thereof, as applicable. 

  
 49 

 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, are
not subject to Section 4.7(a): 
 (1) reasonable fees and compensation paid to or for the benefit of any employee,
officer or director of the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date, or entered into thereafter in the ordinary course of business, and any indemnities or other transactions permitted or required by bylaw, statutory provisions or any of the foregoing agreements, plans or
arrangements; 
 (2) transactions between or among the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that is an affiliate of the Issuer solely
because the Issuer owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
 (4)
any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or the Issuer to affiliates of the Issuer; 

(5) Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments that do not violate Section 4.3; 

(6) customary compensation, indemnification and other benefits made available to officers, directors or employees of the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary, including reimbursement or advancement of out-of-pocket expenses and provisions of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance;

 (7) in the case of contracts for purchase, gathering, processing, fractionating, sale, transportation and marketing of
crude oil, natural gas, condensate and natural gas liquids, hedging agreements, and production handling, operating, construction, terminaling, storage, lease, platform use, compression, waste water treatment or other operational contracts, any such
contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms substantially similar to those contained in similar contracts entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and third parties, or if neither the Issuer nor any
Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a similar contract with a third party, that the terms are no less favorable than those available from third parties on an arm’s length basis, as determined in good faith by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board of Directors of the Parent or a majority of the members of a conflicts committee thereof; 
 (8) the
existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any agreements that are described in the Offering Memorandum to which it is a party as of the date of the Offering Memorandum and any
amendments thereto, and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under, any future amendment to such
agreements or under any such similar agreements shall only be permitted by this clause (8) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, taken as a whole, are not less favorable to the Holders of the Notes in any material
respect as determined in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent or a majority of the members of a conflicts committee thereof; 

  
 50 

 (9) if such Affiliate Transaction is with a Person in its capacity as a
holder of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a transaction in which such Person is treated no more favorably than the other holders of such Indebtedness or Equity Interests; 

(10) (i) guarantees by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the performance of obligations of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures in the ordinary course of business, except for guarantees of Indebtedness in respect of borrowed money, and (ii) pledges by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Capital Stock in Unrestricted Subsidiaries or
Joint Ventures for the benefit of lenders or other creditors of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures as contemplated by clause (13) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” so long as any such transaction described in this clause
(ii), if involving aggregate consideration in excess of $100.0 million, has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent or a majority of the members of a conflicts committee thereof; 

(11) any transaction in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or that such transaction meets the requirements of
Section 4.7(a)(1); and 
 (12) any transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a
director of which is also a director of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, in connection with the approval of the
transaction. 
 SECTION 4.8. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each
fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the date hereof, a certificate signed by any Officer of the Issuer, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signer thereof any Default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions
and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) occurred during the previous fiscal year, specifying all such Defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have
knowledge. 
 SECTION 4.9. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not
cause a Default or Event of Default. Subject to the preceding sentence, if a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as unrestricted will be 

  
 51 

 
deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.3 or qualify as a Permitted Investment
under one or more clauses of the definition of that term, as determined by Issuer; provided that any designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the
definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.3. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for
purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under Section 4.2, the Issuer
will be in default of such covenant. 
 (c) The Board of Directors of the Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be
a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted
if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.2, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the Reference Period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation. 
 SECTION 4.10. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer shall maintain the office or agency required
under Section 2.3. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.2. 

SECTION 4.11. Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary
to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a partnership, corporation or other Person. 
 SECTION 4.12. Reports.

 (a) So long as the Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall deliver to the Noteholders and the Trustee: 

(1) within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year, (a) an audited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such
fiscal year, (b) an audited consolidated income statement for such fiscal year, (c) an audited consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal year, in each case of the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries, prepared in accordance
with GAAP, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the 

  
 52 

 
previous fiscal year and including notes thereto and (d) a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial
condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries; all such financial statements shall be audited by a certified public accountant of the Issuer that is independent and registered with the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards in the United States; 
 (2) within 60 days after
the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, (a) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of that quarter, (b) an unaudited consolidated income statement for such fiscal quarter and for the then
elapsed portion of such fiscal year, (c) an unaudited consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the then elapsed portion of such fiscal year, in each case of the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries, prepared in
accordance with GAAP, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year and including notes thereto and (d) a
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries; all such financial statements
shall be certified by any Officer of the Issuer as presenting fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP; and 
 (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of any of the following events, a current
report that contains a brief summary of the material terms, facts and/or circumstances involved to the extent not otherwise publicly disclosed: (i) entry by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary into an agreement outside the ordinary course of
business that is material to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, any material amendment thereto or termination of any such agreement other than in accordance with its terms (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, employee compensatory
or benefit agreements or plans), (ii) completion of a merger of the Issuer with or into another Person or a material acquisition or disposition of assets by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business,
(iii) the institution of, or material development under, bankruptcy proceedings under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or similar proceedings under state or federal law with respect to the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary (as defined in Regulation S-X), or (iv) the Issuer’s incurring Indebtedness outside the ordinary course of business that is material to the Issuer (other than under a Credit Facility or other arrangement which has been described in
the Offering Memorandum or borrowings under a Credit Facility that has otherwise been disclosed previously), or a triggering event that causes the increase or acceleration of any such obligation and, in any such case, the consequences thereof are
material to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) In addition to delivering the foregoing information to the Noteholders and the
Trustee, the Issuer shall maintain a website (that, at the option of the Issuer, may be password protected) to which Noteholders, market makers affiliated with any initial purchaser of the Notes and securities analysts are given access promptly upon
request and to which all of the information required to be provided pursuant to Section 4.12(a)(1) and 4.12(a)(2) above is posted. 

  
 53 

 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the above requirements may be satisfied by the filing
with the SEC for public availability by the Issuer, the Parent or another Parent Entity of any Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Current
Report on Form 8-K, containing the required information with respect to the Issuer or Parent Entity, as applicable, provided that (i) any such financial information of such Parent Entity contains
information reasonably sufficient to identify the material differences, if any, between the financial information of such Parent Entity, on the one hand, and the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand and
(ii) such Parent Entity does not own, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of any Person other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (and other than, indirectly, through its ownership of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) or material business
operations that would not be consolidated with the financial results of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries. The availability of the foregoing reports on the SEC’s EDGAR filing system will be deemed to satisfy the foregoing delivery requirements.
The Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine whether the Company has posted information on its website or filed reports on EDGAR. 

(d) No later than ten Business Days after the dates that the information described in Section 4.12(a)(1) and 4.12(a)(2) above is required
to be delivered, the Issuer shall hold an annual or quarterly, as applicable, conference call to discuss such financial information, during which management of the Issuer shall provide Holders of the Notes, market makers affiliated with any initial
purchaser of the Notes and securities analysts with an update on the Issuer’s financial condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent may satisfy the immediately preceding requirement by holding an annual and quarterly conference call to
discuss the information described in Section 4.12(a)(1) and 4.12(a)(2) above, as applicable. 
 (e) Any and all defaults or Events of
Default arising from a failure to comply with this Section 4.12 shall be deemed cured (and the Parent shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 4.12) upon furnishing or filing such information or report as contemplated by this
Section 4.12 (but without regard to the date on which such information or report is so furnished or filed); provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of Holders under Article VI if all outstanding Notes shall
have been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. 

(f) In addition, the Issuer shall furnish to Holders of the Notes upon the requests of such Holders, any information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as any Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. 
 (g) The
Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine if the Issuer has complied with its reporting requirements or if the Issuer has posted any information on its website. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information or documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

  
 54 

 SECTION 4.13. Change of Control Triggering Event. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Issuer has mailed or electronically delivered, or has caused to be
mailed or electronically delivered, a notice of redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes with respect to all outstanding Notes and redeems all Notes validly tendered pursuant to such notice of redemption, each Holder shall have the right to
require the Issuer to repurchase such Holder’s Notes, in whole or in part, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to,
but not including, the date of such purchase (subject to the right of Noteholders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 4.13.

 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed or
electronically delivered or caused to be mailed or electronically delivered a redemption notice with respect to all outstanding Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, the Issuer shall mail by first-class mail or electronically deliver, or
cause to be mailed by first-class mail or electronically delivered, a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the “Change of Control Offer”) stating: 

(1) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase
such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); 
 (2) the
circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event; 
 (3) the purchase date, which shall be
no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or electronically delivered; 
 (4) if
the notice is mailed or electronically delivered prior to a Change of Control Triggering Event, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring; and 

(5) the instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.13, that the Holder must follow in order
to have that Holder’s Notes purchased. 
 (c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased will be required to surrender the Note, with an
appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than
one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his
election to have such Note purchased. 

  
 55 

 (d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section 4.13
shall be delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto. 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.13, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer
following a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made
by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) A Change of Control Offer
may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and may be conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of
the Change of Control Offer. 
 (g) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of this Section 4.13, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of its compliance with such securities
laws or regulations. 
 SECTION 4.14. Termination of Covenants. 

(a) If at any time the Notes are (1) assigned an Investment Grade rating from either Rating Agency, (2) no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture and (3) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying each of (1) and (2), then on the date of such certificate is delivered (the
“Termination Date”), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture: Section 4.2, Section 4.3, Section 4.4, Section 4.5, Section 4.7,
Section 5.1(a)(4) and Section 10.7; provided that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will remain subject to the other provisions of this Indenture. 

(b) After the Termination Date, the Issuer shall not designate any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

ARTICLE V 
 Consolidation,
Merger and Sale of Assets. 
 SECTION 5.1. When the Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets. 

(a) The Issuer will not: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving entity); or
(2) directly or indirectly, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of 

  
 56 

 
the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 

(1) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of
Columbia; 
 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person
to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture, in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(4) the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable Reference Period, (a) be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.2(a) or (b) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio not less than
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction; and 
 (5) the Issuer has delivered to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and all conditions precedent therein relating to such
transaction have been satisfied. 
 (b) This Article V will not apply to (1) the Reorganization or any transactions related thereto
or (2) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Section 5.1(a)(3) and (4) will not apply to (1) any merger or consolidation of
the Issuer with or into one of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose or (2) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into any of its affiliates solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in another jurisdiction. 

(c) Notwithstanding Section 5.1(b), the Issuer will be permitted to reorganize as any other form of entity in accordance with the
procedures established in this Indenture; provided that: 
 (1) the reorganization involves the conversion (by merger,
sale, contribution or exchange of assets or otherwise) of the Issuer into a form of entity other than a limited partnership formed under Delaware law; 

  
 57 

 (2) the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization is an
entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (3) the
entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(4) immediately after such reorganization no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(5) such reorganization is not adverse to the Holders of the Notes (for purposes of this clause (5) it is stipulated that
such reorganization shall not be considered adverse to the Holders of the Notes solely because the successor or survivor of such reorganization (a) is subject to federal or state income taxation as an entity or (b) is considered to be an
“includible corporation” of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(b) of the Code or any similar state or local law). 

SECTION 5.2. Successor Entity Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer in accordance with the foregoing in which the Issuer is not the surviving entity, the surviving Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the
Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as
if such surviving Person had been named as the Issuer in this Indenture, and thereafter (except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s properties or assets), the Issuer will be relieved of all its obligations and
covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 ARTICLE VI 

Defaults and Remedies 

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. 

(a) The following are “Events of Default” with respect to the Notes: 

(1) failure to pay the principal of, or any premium on, the Notes when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required
repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 
 (2) failure to pay interest on the Notes when due, continued
for 30 days; 
 (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any other covenant or other agreement in this
Indenture for 60 days after the Issuer has received written notice of such failure from the Trustee or from the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes; 

  
 58 

 (4) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor is not paid within any
applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the Holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or cross accelerated exceeds $75,000,000; 

(5) the Issuer, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(i) commences a voluntary case; 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case in which it is the debtor; 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 

takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Issuer in an involuntary case; 

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the property of the Issuer; or 

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer; 

(or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws) and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
days, or 
 (7) the Guarantee of any Guarantor for any reason ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared null and
void by any responsible officer of such Guarantor, other than any such cessation, denial or disaffirmation in connection with the termination of such Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of Article X. 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary
or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The
term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 59 

 (b) A Default with respect to the Notes under Section 6.1(a)(3) is not an Event of
Default until the Trustee (by notice to the Issuer) or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (by notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee) gives notice of the Default and the Issuer does not cure such
Default within the time specified in said clause (3) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. 

The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, within 30 days of an Officer of the
Company becoming aware of such event, of any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.1(a)(5) or Section 6.1(a)(6) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to
the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders, shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid
interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(5) or Section 6.1(a)(6) with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the
Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration and all
amounts owing to the Trustee have been paid. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. 

(a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to collect the payment
of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to collect such monies or protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of the Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to
protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy. 

(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. Any
such proceeding instituted by the Trustee may be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements of the Trustee
and its counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative. 

  
 60 

 SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of no less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, waive any past or existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (1) a Default or Event of Default
in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on a Note or (2) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected. When a
Default or Event of Default is waived, such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority.
Upon provision of security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Trustee with respect to the Notes or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee, which may conclusively rely on opinions of counsel, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this
Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction (it being understood that the Trustee shall not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any actions or forbearances taken or suffered in accordance with such direction are unduly
prejudicial to Noteholders not joining in such direction). 
 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. 

(a) A Holder of Notes may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) An Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Holder gives to the Trustee prior written notice stating
that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee
security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any costs, liabilities or expenses in compliance with such request; 
 (4)
the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 

(5) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding do not give the Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period. 
 (b) A Noteholder may not use this
Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances
are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

  
 61 

 SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit
for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(1) or(2) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in
Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in
any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors or any other obligor upon the Notes, or any of their creditors or the property of the Issuer or such other obligor or their creditors and, unless prohibited by law or applicable
regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the
Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. 

(a) Any money or other property collected by the Trustee pursuant to Article VI hereof, or any money or other property otherwise
distributable in respect of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture, shall be applied in the following order: 

FIRST: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents and its counsel for amounts due under this Indenture;

 SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Issuer. 

  
 62 

 (b) The Trustee may, upon prior written notice to the Issuer, fix a record date and payment
date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuer shall mail or electronically deliver or cause to be mailed or electronically delivered to each Noteholder and the Trustee a
notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for
the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to
pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or
defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE VII 

Trustee 
 SECTION 7.1.
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being understood that permissive rights granted to the Trustee shall not be construed as duties of the Trustee); and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such Officers’ Certificates and
Opinions of Counsel which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the
requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

  
 63 

 (c) Neither the Trustee nor any paying agent shall be responsible for determining whether
any Asset Disposition has occurred and whether any related offer to purchase with respect to the Notes is required. Neither the Trustee nor any paying agent shall be responsible for determining whether any Change of Control has occurred and whether
any Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes is required. Neither the Trustee nor any paying agent shall be responsible for monitoring the Issuer’s rating status, making any request upon any rating agency, determining whether any
rating event with respect to the Notes has occurred. 
 (d) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its
own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this subsection does not limit the effect of
subsections (b) or (g) of this Section 7.1; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5. 
 (e) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is
subject to subsections (a), (b), (d) and (g) of this Section 7.1. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
or other property received by it or for holding moneys or other property uninvested, in either case, except as otherwise agreed between the Issuer and the Trustee. Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as
herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other money or property except to the extent required by law. 

(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability, financial or
otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it. 
 (h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1. 

  
 64 

 SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance on, any document believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers or perform any duties hereunder either directly or through attorneys and agents,
respectively, and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder. 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers to exist or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized
or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this
Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes
unless either (1) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust
Office by the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes. Any such notice shall reference this Indenture and the Notes. 

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, including its rights to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be
bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper
or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further reasonable inquiry or reasonable investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it
shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of
any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

  
 65 

 (j) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate, substantially in the form
of Exhibit A hereto, setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 

(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must
comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the
Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is continuing and if it is
actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail or electronically deliver to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by a Trust Officer of
the Trustee; provided, however, that no notice of a Default of the character specified in Section 6.1(a)(3) shall be delivered by the Trustee until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a Default in
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to the interests of Noteholders. 

SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 

(a) As promptly as practicable after each February 15 beginning with the February 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any
event prior to April 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail or electronically deliver to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act if required by such
Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall promptly deliver to the Issuer a copy of any report it delivers to Holders pursuant to this Section 7.6. 

  
 66 

 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing or electronic delivery to Noteholders
shall be filed by the Trustee and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee (and any predecessor Trustee) from time to
time such compensation for its services as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer and each
Guarantor shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), disbursements and advances
incurred or made by it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including costs of collection, in addition to such compensation for its services, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused
by its own negligence or willful misconduct as finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. The
Trustee shall provide the Issuer reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and any
predecessor Trustees against any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (other than taxes applicable to the Trustee’s compensation hereunder) incurred by it in connection with
the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, or any Holder or any other Person) or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs), and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs incurred in connection
with any action, claim or suit brought to enforce the Trustee’s right to compensation, reimbursement or indemnification. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim of which a Trust Officer has received written notice and for
which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Issuer has been prejudiced by such failure. The Issuer shall defend the claim and
the Trustee shall cooperate, to the extent reasonable, in the defense of any such claim, and, if (in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee) the facts or issues surrounding the claim are reasonably likely to create a conflict with the Issuer, the
Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of separate counsel to the Trustee. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful
misconduct or negligence as finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 

(b) To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations under this Section 7.7, the Trustee (including any predecessor trustee) shall have a
lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. 

  
 67 

 (c) The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive
the satisfaction, discharge and termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and any discharge of this Indenture including any discharge under any Bankruptcy Law. In addition to and without prejudice to the rights
provided to the Trustee under applicable law or any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(5) or Section 6.1(a)(6) with
respect to the Issuer, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time upon 60 days’ written notice to the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding may remove the Trustee upon 60 days’ written notice to the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, which successor Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not
reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer and the Issuer shall
pay all amounts due and owing to the Trustee under Section 7.7 of this Indenture. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail or electronically deliver a notice of its succession to Noteholders affected by such resignation or removal. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office
with respect to the Notes within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 68 

 (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. 

(a) If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to,
another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation or banking association shall be
otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto. 

(b) In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created
by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at
that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the
Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act;
provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other
securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met. 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated. 

  
 69 

 ARTICLE VIII 

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance 

SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. 

(a) With respect to the Notes, when (i) all outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and issued (other than destroyed, lost or stolen
Notes that have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable, whether at maturity, as a
result of repayment at the option of the Holders, or as a result of the mailing or electronic delivery of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article III hereof, (B) shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or
(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and, in each case of this clause (ii), the
Issuer or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, funds (immediately available to the Holders in the case of clause (ii)(A)) in U.S. dollars in an amount sufficient, or U.S. Government Obligations,
which through the scheduled payment of principal of and interest thereon will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, without reinvestment, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants (which need not
be provided if only U.S. dollars shall have been deposited), to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date, and if in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) the Issuer
or any Guarantor pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer and the Guarantors, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.1(e), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture on demand of the Issuer accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer that all conditions precedent provided herein relating to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been
complied with. 
 (b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time may terminate (i) all of its
obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.12 and 4.13, and the operation of Sections 6.1(a)(3), 6.1(a)(4) and
6.1(a)(7)(“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuer or any Guarantor may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. 

(c) If the Issuer or any Guarantor exercises its legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated
because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer or any Guarantor exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(a)(3), 6.1(a)(4) or 6.1(a)(7). 

(d) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge
of those obligations that the Issuer or any Guarantor terminates. 

  
 70 

 (e) Notwithstanding clause (a) above or the exercise of a legal defeasance option, the
Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 4.1, 4.10, 4.11, 7.7, 7.8, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s and the Trustee’s obligations in
Sections 7.7, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
 SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. 

(a) The Issuer or any Guarantor may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes only if:

 (1) the Issuer or such Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited in trust with the Trustee funds in U.S.
dollars in an amount sufficient, or U.S. Government Obligations, which through the scheduled payment of principal of and interest thereon will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, without reinvestment to pay the principal, premium, if
any, and interest when due on all outstanding Notes (except Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.7) to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(2) unless only U.S. dollars shall have been so deposited, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally
recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their written opinion that the scheduled payments of principal and interest on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money shall be sufficient, without reinvestment, to pay
the principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all outstanding Notes (except Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.7) to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(3) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating
that (i) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax
on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and; 

(4) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (5) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with. 

  
 71 

 (b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
for the redemption of Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III. 
 SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The
Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations either directly
or through the Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes. 

SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Issuer. 

(a) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any
time. 
 (b) Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request
any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of such principal and interest, and, thereafter all liability of the Trustee and the Paying Agent with respect to such
money shall cease, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors. 
 (c) Any unclaimed funds
held by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be held uninvested and without any liability for interest. 
 SECTION 8.5.
Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on
such U.S. Government Obligations other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the defeased Notes; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to charge any such tax, fee or other charge to
such Holder’s account. 
 SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that (a) if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b) unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall return all such money and U.S. Government Obligations to the Issuer promptly after receiving a written request therefor at any time, if such reinstatement of
the Issuer’s obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect. 

  
 72 

 ARTICLE IX 

Amendments 
 SECTION 9.1.
Without Consent of Holders. 
 (a) The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to
or the consent of any Noteholder: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer or any Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the
obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor under this Indenture; 
 (3) to add any additional Events of Default; 

(4) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any
right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor; 
 (5) to add one or more guarantees for the benefit of
Holders of the Notes; 
 (6) to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Guarantee of the Notes in accordance with this
Indenture; 
 (7) to add collateral security with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee; 

(8) to add or appoint a successor or separate Trustee or other agent; 

(9) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes; 

(10) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however,
that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 

(11) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of the
Exchange Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision in such “Description of the Exchange Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; 

(12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes;
provided, however, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not
materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; and 
 (13) to make any change if the change does
not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder. 

  
 73 

 (b) After an amendment under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail
or electronically deliver or cause to be mailed or electronically delivered to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity
of such amendment under this Section 9.1. 
 SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. 

(a) The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder but with the written
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for Notes). However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected thereby,
an amendment may not: 
 (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver; 

(2) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or installment of interest on, any Note; 

(3) reduce the principal amount of, or the rate of interest on, any Notes; 

(4) change the provisions applicable to the redemption of any Note under Article III of this Indenture or paragraph 5 of
the Notes (other than with respect to the minimum notice period with respect to any redemption thereunder); 
 (5) make any
Note payable in any currency other than that stated in the Note; 
 (6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of
principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the Stated Maturity therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(7) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; 

(8) make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes; or 

(9) modify any of the above provisions of this Section 9.2. 

(b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

  
 74 

 (c) After an amendment under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail
or electronically deliver or cause to be mailed or electronically delivered to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity
of an amendment under this Section 9.2. 
 SECTION 9.3. [Reserved] 

SECTION 9.4. Effect of Consents and Waivers. 

(a) A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or
portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective with respect to the Notes, it shall bind every
Noteholder. 
 (b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled
to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding Section 9.4(a), those Persons who were Noteholders at such record
date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. 

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the
Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuer shall provide in writing to the Trustee an appropriate notation to be placed on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determine,
the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 

SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments. 

(a) The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights,
duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be
fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such amendment, as applicable complies with the provisions of this Article IX and that such supplemental
indenture (containing such amendment) constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer enforceable against it in accordance with its terms subject to customary exceptions. 

(b) Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and
such supplemental Indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Noteholder theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. 

  
 75 

 ARTICLE X 

Guarantees 
 SECTION 10.1.
Guarantees. 
 (a) Each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, as primary obligor
and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and to the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the
Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (the “Note Obligations”) to the Trustee and the Holders. Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Note Obligations may be
extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Note Obligation. 

(b) Each of the Guarantors waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Note Obligations and also
waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each of the Guarantors waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Note Obligations. The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected by (1) the failure of any Holder to
assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise, (2) any extension or renewal of any thereof, (3) any rescission,
waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, (4) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Note Obligations or any of them or (5) any
change in the ownership of the Issuer. 
 (c) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of
payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Note Obligations. 

(d) The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any
reason (other than payment of the Note Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by
reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Note Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each of the Guarantors herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise
affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or
otherwise, in the performance of the Note Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of each of the Guarantors or would otherwise
operate as a discharge of the Guarantors as a matter of law or equity. 

  
 76 

 (e) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be
effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any of the Note Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the
bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 
 (f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right
which any Holder has at law or in equity against any of the Guarantors by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Note Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or
otherwise, each of the Guarantors hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Note
Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Note Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law). 

(g) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that, as between itself, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity
of the Note Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Note
Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Note Obligations, such Note Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the
purposes of this Guarantee. 
 (h) Each of the Guarantors also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1. 
 SECTION
10.2. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuer or any collateral security or
guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Note Obligations, nor shall any of the Guarantors seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer or any other Guarantor in respect
of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuer on account of the Note Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any of the Guarantors on account of such
subrogation rights at any time when all of the Note Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall,
forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Note Obligations. 

SECTION 10.3. Consideration. Each of the Guarantors has received, or shall receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of its
Guarantee. 

  
 77 

 SECTION 10.4. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its
acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations
of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any
collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a
contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 

SECTION 10.5. Execution and Delivery. 

(a) The Issuer hereby agrees that it shall execute, and shall cause each Person that becomes obligated to provide a Guarantee as provided
herein to execute, a supplemental indenture in the form of Schedule A attached hereto, pursuant to which such Person provides the Guarantees set forth in this Article X and otherwise assumes the obligations and accepts the rights of a
Guarantor under this Indenture, in each case with the same effect and to the same extent as if such Person had been a Guarantor under this Indenture as of the date hereof. 

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding
the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 SECTION 10.6. Release of Guarantors. A Guarantor
shall be automatically released from all its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and its Guarantee, and its Guarantee shall automatically terminate (1) upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee or direct obligations of such
Guarantor as a guarantor under the New Credit Agreement or such other instrument that required the Guarantee in accordance with Section 10.7; (2) upon the exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option pursuant to
Section 8.1(b), or upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant Section 8.1(a); (3) upon the consummation of any sale, disposition or other transfer of any or all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including by way of
merger or consolidation) or other transaction such that after giving effect to such sale, disposition or other transaction such Guarantor is no longer a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Issuer; (4) in the event that (A) the Notes are rated
Investment Grade by either of the Rating Agencies, (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (C) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying the satisfaction of
the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) or (5) if the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions herein. Upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee
shall evidence such release by a supplemental indenture or other instrument which may be executed by the Trustee without the consent of any Holder. 

  
 78 

 SECTION 10.7. Additional Note Guarantees. After the Issue Date, the Issuer shall
cause (a) each wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary that is not then a Guarantor that guarantees the New Credit Agreement and (b) each wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) that is not then a Guarantor that guarantees
any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that (i) individually has a principal amount greater than $10,000,000 or (ii) when aggregated with all other such Indebtedness guaranteed by such Restricted
Subsidiary, has an aggregate principal amount greater than $30,000,000, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture in the form of Schedule A attached hereto, providing for a guarantee of the Notes by such
Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days after the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary provided a guarantee described in clause (a) or (b) above. 

ARTICLE XI 
 Miscellaneous

 SECTION 11.1. Concerning the TIA. Except with respect to specific provisions of the Trust Indenture Act expressly referenced
in the provisions of this Indenture, the Trust Indenture Act shall not be applicable to, and shall not govern, this Indenture and the Notes. 

SECTION 11.2. Notices. 

(a) Any notice or communication shall be in writing (including facsimile) and delivered in person, via facsimile, electronically or mailed by
first-class mail addressed as follows: 
 if to the Issuer or any Guarantor: 

Hess Midstream Operations LP 

1501 McKinney Street 
 Houston,
Texas 77010 
 Facsimile Number: 212-536-8241 

Attention: Corporate Secretary 

and 
 Hess Midstream Operations LP

 1185 Avenue of the Americas, 40th Floor 

New York, NY 10036 
 Facsimile
Number: 855-283-8834; 855-283-6931 

Attention: Treasurer 
 Email:
rates@hess.com 
 with a copy to: 

Latham & Watkins LLP 

  
 79 

 811 Main Street, Suite 3700 

Houston, Texas 77002 
 Attention:
David J. Miller 
 Email: david.miller@lw.com 

if to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Services 

MAC J0161-403 

150 East 42nd Street, 40th Floor 

New York, NY 10017 
 Facsimile
Number: 866-969-4026 
 Attention: Corporate, Municipal, and
Escrow Services – Administrator for Hess Midstream Operations 
 (b) Any notices between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may
be by electronic delivery, facsimile or certified first-class mail, receipt confirmed. The Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

(c) Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on the
registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. Notices or communications also may be electronically delivered to Noteholders. 

(d) Failure to mail or electronically deliver a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency
with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

(e) The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, .pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions
by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or
expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all
risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third
parties. 
 SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Noteholders may communicate with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. 

  
 80 

 SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of
the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Opinion of Counsel shall be given
with respect to the authentication and delivery of any Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date. 
 SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in
Certificate or Opinion. The certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred
in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any affiliate of the Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in
conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be
considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable
rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

  
 81 

 SECTION 11.8. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer,
employee or stockholder (other than the Issuer), as such, of the Issuer shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture, any supplemental indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason
of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

SECTION 11.10. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors and assigns. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

SECTION 11.12. Variable Provisions. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian with respect
to any Global Notes (as defined in the Appendix hereto). 
 SECTION 11.13. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge
that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that
identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may reasonably request in order for the
Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 
 SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents,
cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions
hereof. 
 SECTION 11.15. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

SECTION 11.16. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its
obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted
practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

  
 82 

 SECTION 11.17. FATCA. The Trustee and the Issuer shall each be entitled to deduct any
withholding tax required to be withheld under Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof (“FATCA
Withholding Tax”), and shall have no obligation to gross-up any payment hereunder or to pay any additional amount as a result of such FATCA Withholding Tax. Each of the Issuer and the Trustee agrees to
reasonably cooperate and to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide information as each may have in its possession to enable the determination of whether any payments pursuant to this Indenture are subject to FATCA Withholding Tax. 

  
 83 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
 AS ISSUER: 
  

			
	HESS MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream LP, as delegate of authority of Hess Midstream Partners GP LP, the general partner of Hess Midstream Operations LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LP, as general partner of Hess Midstream LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LLC, as general partner of Hess Midstream GP LP
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer

 AS GUARANTORS: 

 

			
	HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream Operations LP, its general partner
	
	By: Hess Midstream LP, as delegate of authority of Hess Midstream Partners GP LP, the general partner of Hess Midstream Operations LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LP, as general partner of Hess Midstream LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LLC, as general partner of Hess Midstream GP LP
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	HESS TGP OPERATIONS LP
	
	By: Hess Infrastructure Partners LP, its general partner
	
	By: Hess Midstream Operations LP, its general partner
	
	By: Hess Midstream LP, as delegate of authority of Hess Midstream Partners GP LP, the general partner of Hess Midstream Operations LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LP, as general partner of Hess Midstream LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LLC, as general partner of Hess Midstream GP LP
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer
	
	HESS NORTH DAKOTA EXPORT LOGISTICS OPERATIONS LP
	
	By: Hess Infrastructure Partners LP, its general partner
	
	By: Hess Midstream Operations LP, its general partner
	
	By: Hess Midstream LP, as delegate of authority of Hess Midstream Partners GP LP, the general partner of Hess Midstream Operations LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LP, as general partner of Hess Midstream LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LLC, as general partner of Hess Midstream GP LP
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	HESS NORTH DAKOTA PIPELINES OPERATIONS LP
	
	By: Hess Infrastructure Partners LP, its general partner
	
	By: Hess Midstream Operations LP, its general partner
	
	By: Hess Midstream LP, as delegate of authority of Hess Midstream Partners GP LP, the general partner of Hess Midstream Operations LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LP, as general partner of Hess Midstream LP
	
	By: Hess Midstream GP LLC, as general partner of Hess Midstream GP LP
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer
	
	HESS WATER SERVICES LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	HESS WATER SERVICES HOLDINGS LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	HESS TGP HOLDINGS LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	HESS TIOGA GAS PLANT LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	HESS BAKKEN PROCESSING LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	HESS NORTH DAKOTA EXPORT LOGISTICS HOLDINGS LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	HESS NORTH DAKOTA EXPORT LOGISTICS LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	HESS NORTH DAKOTA PIPELINES HOLDINGS LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	HESS NORTH DAKOTA PIPELINES LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title: Vice President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	WELLS FARGO BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Patrick Giordano

		 	Name: Patrick Giordano
		 	Title: Vice President

 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES 

1. Definitions 
 1.1
Definitions 
 For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Additional Note” means Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date and in compliance with Section 2.13 of the
Indenture. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional Note bearing, if required, the appropriate
restricted securities legend set forth in Section 2.3(d) of this Appendix. 
 “Depository” or “DTC” means The
Depository Trust Company, its nominees and its successors and assigns. 
 “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any
Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in
reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes. 
 “Initial Notes” means $794,994,000
aggregate principal amount of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2026 issued on the Issue Date. 
 “Notes” means (1) Initial Notes and
(2) Additional Notes, if any. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under
the Securities Act. 
 “Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository),
or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are
required to bear the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(d) of this Appendix. 

 1.2 Other Definitions 

 

					
	 Term
	 	 	  	 Defined in

Section:

	“Agent Members”	 		  	2.1(b)
	“Global Notes”	 		  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S”	 		  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S Global Note”	 		  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A”	 		  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A Global Note”	 		  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes. 

2.1 (a) Form and Dating. The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date shall be issued only to (i) QIBs and (ii) Persons
other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) outside of the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Such Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and
purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Notes issued to QIBs shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form
(collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); and Notes initially issued in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively,
the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global securities legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the
holders of the Notes represented thereby with the Securities Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. 

Beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if (1) such exchange
occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note first delivers to the
Trustee a written certificate (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuer) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note is being transferred to a Person (a) who the transferor reasonably
believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and (c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and
other jurisdictions. 
 Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form
of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 

The Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as the “Global Notes”. The
aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided. 

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

  
 Appendix - 2 

 The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b),
authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such
Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. 
 Members of, or
participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global
Note, and the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent
the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of
customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (c)
Definitive Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1, Section 2.3 or Section 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 

2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of
$794,994,000 5.625% Senior Notes due 2026 and (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, in each case upon a
written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer, such order to specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. 

2.3 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request: 

(x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

(y) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, 

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided,
however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied
by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

  
 Appendix - 3 

 (ii) if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted
securities legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the
following additional information and documents, as applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the
Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or 

(B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect; or 

(C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with
Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of
the Note) and (ii) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(d)(i). 

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for
a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of
transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with: 
 (i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of
the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or (B) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in
reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note; and 

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Securities Custodian to make, an adjustment on its
books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depository account to be credited with such increase, 

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and
procedures existing between the Depository and the Securities Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount
of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the
principal 

  
 Appendix - 4 

 
amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in
accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written
order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such
instructions instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note
being transferred. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Registrar shall have no responsibilities to seek, and need not receive, any certificates, opinions or other documentation in connection with the transfer of a beneficial
interest within a single Global Note. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global
Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the
principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global
Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor
Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
 (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive
Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth
on the reverse of the Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be
adopted by the Issuer. 

  
 Appendix - 5 

 (d) Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (ii), each Note certificate evidencing the Transfer Restricted Notes (and
all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 THE NOTES
EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER SUCH NOTES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY
BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) OR THE
ISSUE DATE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR
ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM SUCH NOTE IS TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT
OF THIS LEGEND, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) THAT IS (A) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(C) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING
OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY

  
 Appendix - 6 

 
TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES IN CLAUSE (2)(B) OR (D), TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED
BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AS TO ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UPON DELIVERY TO THE TRUSTEE BY US OR THE HOLDER THEREOF OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR THE REMOVAL HEREOF, IN ANY CASE AT ANY TIME AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

DURING THE PERIOD ENDING ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, NO “AFFILIATE” (AS DEFINED
IN RULE 144) WILL BE PERMITTED TO RESELL ANY OF THE NOTES THAT CONSTITUTE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” UNDER RULE 144 THAT HAVE BEEN REACQUIRED BY ANY OF THEM. 

Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend: 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global
Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction
on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the
Note). 
 (e) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been
exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a
Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then
the Securities Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

  
 Appendix - 7 

 (f) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a
participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery
to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given
to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial
owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with
respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to
monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository
participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the
Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (g) Tax
Obligations. 
 (i) The transferor of any Note shall provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information
necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Internal Revenue Code Section 6045. The Trustee may rely on information provided to
it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information. 
 (ii) In connection with any
proposed exchange of a Definitive Note for a global note, the Issuer or DTC shall be required to provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations,
including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Internal Revenue Code Section 6045. The Trustee may rely on information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such
information. 

  
 Appendix - 8 

 2.4 Definitive Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Securities Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1
shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with
Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note and the Depository fails to appoint a successor depository or if at any time such Depository ceases
to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, and in either case, a successor depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or of its becoming aware of such lack of registration, (ii) an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Issuer, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depository, notify the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under the
Indenture. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be
surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its designated corporate trust office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each
portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in
denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000 and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note
shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(d) hereof, bear the applicable restricted securities legend and definitive securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and
otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Issuer shall promptly make available to
the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Issuer expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to
pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Indenture, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s Notes as if such Definitive
Notes had been issued. 

  
 Appendix - 9 

 EXHIBIT 1 

to 
 RULE 144A/REGULATION S
APPENDIX 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL
BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL
40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF
SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.] 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER SUCH NOTES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT 

 
(A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE IN AN
“OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF
SUCH NOTE) OR THE ISSUE DATE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE EXCEPT
(A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT
TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
(E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM SUCH NOTE IS TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE A NOTICE
SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) THAT IS (A) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(C) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION
COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER
INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES IN CLAUSE (2)(B) OR (D), TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE
TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AS TO ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UPON DELIVERY TO THE TRUSTEE BY US OR THE HOLDER THEREOF OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR THE REMOVAL HEREOF, IN ANY CASE AT ANY TIME AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. AS USED
HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 2 

 DURING THE PERIOD ENDING ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE
OF THE NOTES, NO “AFFILIATE” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144) WILL BE PERMITTED TO RESELL ANY OF THE NOTES THAT CONSTITUTE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” UNDER RULE 144 THAT HAVE BEEN REACQUIRED BY ANY OF THEM. 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 3 

 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

 

			
	No. ___________	  	$[                ]
		  	 (subject to adjustment as reflected in

the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in

Global Note attached hereto)

 HESS MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS LP 

5.625% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2026 
 CUSIP
NO. [                ] 
 ISIN NO.
[                ] 
 Hess Midstream Operations LP (formerly
known as Hess Midstream Partners LP), a Delaware limited partnership, for value received, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________ Dollars (subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of
Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on February 15, 2026. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and
August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2020. 
 Record Dates: February 1 and August 1 of each year (whether
or not a Business Day). 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, HESS MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS LP has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 Dated: December 16, 2019 
  

			
	HESS MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS LP
	
	 By: Hess Midstream LP, as delegate of authority of Hess Midstream Partners GP LP, the General Partner

of Hess Midstream Operations LP
 By: Hess Midstream GP LP, its

General Partner

	 By: Hess Midstream GP LLC, its

General Partner

		
	By	 	
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 [Signature Page to Global Note [●]] 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
		
		 	 as Trustee

		
	by	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

5.625% Senior Note due 2026 
 1. Interest

 Hess Midstream Operations LP (formerly known as Hess Midstream Partners LP), a Delaware limited partnership (together with its successors
and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company” or the “Issuer”) promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 5.625% per annum. 

The Company shall pay interest semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or, with respect to the first
interest payment, from and including the most recent interest payment date for the Existing HIP Notes (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”). With respect to the first interest payment of the Notes, interest will accrue from and
including August 15, 2019. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 

2. Method of Payment 
 By no later than
11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal,
premium, if any, and/or interest. The Issuer shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 (whether or not a Business Day)
immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal and premium payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note held by the Depository (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the Depository. The Issuer may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof or
by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee; provided, that such Holder shall have furnished the Paying Agent with wire transfer instructions satisfactory to the Paying Agent at least 15 calendar days prior to
the payment date. 
 If any interest payment date or other payment date of a Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required
payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if made on the date that the payment was due, and no interest shall accrue on that payment for the period from and after that interest payment
date or other payment date, as the case may be, to the date of that payment on the next succeeding Business Day. 

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the “Trustee”), shall initially act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Issuer or any of its domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent. 

4. Indenture 
 The Issuer issued the Notes
under an Indenture dated as of December 16, 2019 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Trust Indenture Act”).
Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. To the extent any
provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes
include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.13 of the Indenture. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The
Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of (i) the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur secured indebtedness and issue disqualified stock, (ii) the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make certain restricted
payments, (iii) the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay certain dividends and make other certain distributions, (iv) the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate certain asset dispositions, (v) the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries to partake in certain transactions with affiliates, (vi) the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries to incur or assume certain liens and other encumbrances securing indebtedness and (vii) the Issuer to enter into
mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of its assets. 
 The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the
Indenture. 
 5. Optional Redemption 
 At
any time prior to February 15, 2021, the Issuer may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, upon notice as provided in the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to
105.625% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), with an amount of cash not greater than the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering; provided that: (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding
Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

 At any time prior to February 15, 2021, the Notes shall be redeemable in whole at any
time or in part from time to time, at the Issuer’s option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the redemption
date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

On or after February 15, 2021, the Notes shall be redeemable in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the Issuer’s
option, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the years set forth below: 

 

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2021
	  	 	104.219	% 
	 2022
	  	 	102.813	% 
	 2023
	  	 	101.406	% 
	 2024 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Except as set forth above, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the election of the Issuer prior to maturity.

 The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund. 

6. Notice of Redemption 
 Notice of
redemption shall be mailed or electronically delivered if held by the Depository at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations
larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $2,000. Notes of $2,000 or less may be redeemed in whole and not in part. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes
(or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption date (or, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer is the Paying Agent, such money is
segregated and held in trust), on and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 

 7. Put Provisions 

Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, subject to limited exceptions, any Holder of Notes shall have the right to cause the Issuer to
repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date occurring on or prior to the date of such repurchase) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
 The
Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register, transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar
may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture; provided that no service charge shall be made for any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any
Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing or electronic delivery of a notice of redemption of Notes to be
redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or electronic delivery. 
 9. Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes (subject to the rights of a registered holder as of a
record date prior thereto to receive interest due on an interest payment date as provided herein and in the Indenture). 
 10. Unclaimed Money 

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its request. After any such payment, all liability of the Trustee and the Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease and Holders entitled
to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment. 
 11. Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations
under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer or Guarantor deposits with the Trustee U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may
be. 

 12. Amendment, Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for Notes) and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision of the Indenture or the
Notes may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. However, the Indenture requires the consent of each Noteholder that would be affected for certain specified amendments or
modifications of the Indenture and the Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without notice to or the consent of any Noteholder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any
ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer or any Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor in accordance with Article V
of the Indenture, or to add any additional Events of Default, or to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor, or to add
one or more guarantees for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Guarantee of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to add collateral security with respect to the Notes or any
Guarantee, or to appoint a successor or separate Trustee or other agent, or to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes, or to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition
to or in place of certificated Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to conform the text of the Indenture, this Note or any Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of the Exchange Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to
the extent such provision in such “Description of the Exchange Notes” was intended to set forth, verbatim or in substance, a provision of the Indenture, this Note or the Guarantees, or to make any amendment to the provisions of the
Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes, or to make any change if the change does not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder. 

13. Defaults and Remedies 
 Under the
Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment of principal, or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its maturity, upon optional redemption or otherwise;
(iii) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any other agreement in the Indenture or the Notes, subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to make any payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period, or
upon acceleration in respect of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an amount in excess of $75,000,000, subject to certain conditions; (v) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Issuer; and (vi) the Guarantee
of any Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared null and void by any responsible officer of such Guarantor, other than any such cessation, denial or disaffirmation in connection with the termination of such Guarantee pursuant
to the provisions of the Indenture. 

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Issuer are Events of Default which shall result in the Notes being due and payable
immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default. 
 Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in
the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in
its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it in good faith
determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest. 
 14. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become
the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer and may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

15. No Recourse Against Others 
 A
director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Issuer), as such, of the Issuer shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

16. Authentication 
 This Note shall not be
valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

17. Abbreviations 
 Customary abbreviations
may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform
Gift to Minors Act). 

 18. [CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

The Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP
and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.] 
 19. Governing
Law. 
 This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s Social Security or Tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                  as agent to transfer this Note on the
books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

			
	  

		
	Date:
                                         
                                         
                	  	Your Signature:
                                         
                                         
  
	
	Signature Guarantee:
                                         
                                         
      

 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature
guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE 

OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 

This certificate relates to $                principal amount of Notes held in
(check applicable space)                book-entry or                 definitive form by
the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note
held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the
Indenture; or 

  

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being
transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of
the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 
  

							
		  	(1)	    	☐	    	to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; or
				
		  	(2)	    	☐	    	for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a Person it reasonably believes is a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that
purchases for its own account or for the account of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
				
		  	(3)	    	☐	    	after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note pursuant to the offers and sales that occur outside
the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

							
				
		  	(4)	    	☐	    	pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or
				
		  	(5)	    	☐	    	pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar may refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the
name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (3) or (4) is checked, the Registrar may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications
and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the
exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
		  	Signature	  	
			
	Signature Guarantee:	  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	
		  	Signature	  	
		
	 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor
program reasonably acceptable to the Registrar)
	  	
	  
	  	
	
	  

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this certificated Note for its own account or an account with respect to which
it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon
the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	Dated:
                                         
                      	  	  

		  	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	  	  
	  	
		  	                                    
Signature	  	
			
	(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Registrar)	  		  	

  
  

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decrease in
 Principal Amount

of this Global Note
	  	 Amount of

increase in
 Principal Amount

of this Global Note
	  	
Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
	  	 Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee
or
Securities
Custodian

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.5 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock) or Section 4.13 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the box: 
  

			
	 ☐ 4.5
	  	☐ 4.13

 ☐ If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.5 or 4.13 of the Indenture, state the principal amount to be purchased: $                     ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof,
provided that the unpurchased portion of this Note must be in a principal amount of at least $2,000) 
  

					
	Dated:	  	Your Signature:	  	  

		  		  	 (Sign exactly as your name appears

on the other side of this Note.)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	  	  

		  	  
 (Signature must be guaranteed)

	
	Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion
Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  
  

 SCHEDULE A 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [•], 2019, among (i) Hess Midstream Operations
LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Issuer”), (ii) [•] (the “New Guarantor”) and (iii) Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS, Hess Midstream Operations LP (the “Issuer”) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the
“Original Indenture”) dated as of December 16, 2019, providing for the issuance of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, Section 10.7 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause each New Guarantor to
execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 9.6 and 10.5 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer and the New Guarantor are each
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor[s], the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes. 

2. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in
all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter
authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY. 

 4. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or
in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the New Guarantors and the Issuer. 

5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but
all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 6. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction thereof. 
 7. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture
or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental
Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR]
		
	By	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	HESS MIDSTREAM OPERATIONS LP
		
		 	By: Hess Midstream LP, as delegate of authority of Hess Midstream Partners GP LP, the general partner of Hess Midstream Operations LP
		 	By: Hess Midstream Partners GP LP, as General Partner of Hess Midstream LP
		 	By: Hess Midstream Partners GP LLC, as General Partner of Hess Midstream GP LP
		
	By	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee,
		
	By	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-1EX-4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 
  

 
  

HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LP, 

HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS FINANCE CORPORATION, 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, 
 and

 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

as Trustee 
 5.625% Senior Notes
due 2026 
  
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
November 22, 2017 
  
  

 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE I	  

	
	Definitions and Incorporation by Reference	  

			
	 SECTION 1.1.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	 
	 SECTION 1.2.
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	18	 
	 SECTION 1.3.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	19	 
	
	ARTICLE II	  

	
	The Notes	  

			
	 SECTION 2.1.
	 	 Form and Dating
	  	 	20	 
	 SECTION 2.2.
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	20	 
	 SECTION 2.3.
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	21	 
	 SECTION 2.4.
	 	 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	21	 
	 SECTION 2.5.
	 	 Noteholder Lists
	  	 	21	 
	 SECTION 2.6.
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	22	 
	 SECTION 2.7.
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	22	 
	 SECTION 2.8.
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	22	 
	 SECTION 2.9.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	22	 
	 SECTION 2.10.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	23	 
	 SECTION 2.11.
	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	23	 
	 SECTION 2.12.
	 	 CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc
	  	 	23	 
	 SECTION 2.13.
	 	 Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	 	23	 
	 SECTION 2.14.
	 	 One Class of Notes
	  	 	24	 
	
	ARTICLE III	  

	
	Redemption	  

			
	 SECTION 3.1.
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	24	 
	 SECTION 3.2.
	 	 Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
	  	 	24	 
	 SECTION 3.3.
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	25	 
	 SECTION 3.4.
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	26	 
	 SECTION 3.5.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	26	 
	 SECTION 3.6.
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	26	 

  
 i 

							
	ARTICLE IV	  

	
	Covenants	  

			
	 SECTION 4.1.
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	26	 
	 SECTION 4.2.
	 	Limitations on Secured Indebtedness	  	 	27	 
	 SECTION 4.3.
	 	Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions	  	 	27	 
	 SECTION 4.4.
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	28	 
	 SECTION 4.5.
	 	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock	  	 	28	 
	 SECTION 4.6.
	 	Limitation on the Disposition of Ownership of the MLP General Partner	  	 	32	 
	 SECTION 4.7.
	 	Limitation on Indebtedness of Specified Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	32	 
	 SECTION 4.8.
	 	Limitation on Activities of Finance Corp	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 4.9.
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 4.10.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 4.11.
	 	Existence	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 4.12.
	 	Reports	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 4.13.
	 	Change of Control Triggering Event	  	 	34	 
	
	ARTICLE V	  

	
	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets	  

			
	 SECTION 5.1.
	 	When the Issuers May Merge or Transfer Assets	  	 	36	 
	 SECTION 5.2.
	 	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	36	 
	
	ARTICLE VI	  

	
	Defaults and Remedies	  

			
	 SECTION 6.1.
	 	Events of Default	  	 	37	 
	 SECTION 6.2.
	 	Acceleration	  	 	38	 
	 SECTION 6.3.
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	38	 
	 SECTION 6.4.
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	39	 
	 SECTION 6.5.
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	39	 
	 SECTION 6.6.
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	39	 
	 SECTION 6.7.
	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	40	 
	 SECTION 6.8.
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	40	 
	 SECTION 6.9.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	40	 
	 SECTION 6.10.
	 	Priorities	  	 	40	 
	 SECTION 6.11.
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	41	 
	 SECTION 6.12.
	 	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	 	41	 

							
	ARTICLE VII	  

	
	Trustee	  

			
	 SECTION 7.1.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	41	 
	 SECTION 7.2.
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	42	 
	 SECTION 7.3.
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	44	 
	 SECTION 7.4.
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	44	 
	 SECTION 7.5.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	44	 
	 SECTION 7.6.
	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	44	 
	 SECTION 7.7.
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	45	 
	 SECTION 7.8.
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	46	 
	 SECTION 7.9.
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	 	46	 
	 SECTION 7.10.
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	47	 
	 SECTION 7.11.
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers
	  	 	47	 
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  

	
	Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance	  

			
	 SECTION 8.1.
	 	 Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
	  	 	47	 
	 SECTION 8.2.
	 	 Conditions to Defeasance
	  	 	48	 
	 SECTION 8.3.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	49	 
	 SECTION 8.4.
	 	 Repayment to the Issuers
	  	 	49	 
	 SECTION 8.5.
	 	 Indemnity for Government Obligations
	  	 	50	 
	 SECTION 8.6.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	50	 
	
	ARTICLE IX	  

	
	Amendments	  

			
	 SECTION 9.1.
	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	50	 
	 SECTION 9.2.
	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	51	 
	 SECTION 9.3.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	52	 
	 SECTION 9.4.
	 	 Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	 	52	 
	 SECTION 9.5.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	52	 
	 SECTION 9.6.
	 	 Trustee To Sign Amendments
	  	 	53	 
	
	ARTICLE X	  

	
	Guarantees	  

			
	 SECTION 10.1.
	 	 Guarantees
	  	 	53	 
	 SECTION 10.2.
	 	 No Subrogation
	  	 	54	 
	 SECTION 10.3.
	 	 Consideration
	  	 	55	 
	 SECTION 10.4.
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	55	 
	 SECTION 10.5.
	 	 Execution and Delivery
	  	 	55	 

							
	 SECTION 10.6.
	 	 Release of Guarantors
	  	 	56	 
	 SECTION 10.7.
	 	 Additional Note Guarantees
	  	 	56	 
	
	ARTICLE XI	  

	
	Miscellaneous	  

			
	 SECTION 11.1.
	 	 Concerning the TIA
	  	 	56	 
	 SECTION 11.2.
	 	 Notices
	  	 	56	 
	 SECTION 11.3.
	 	 Communication by Holders with other Holders
	  	 	58	 
	 SECTION 11.4.
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	58	 
	 SECTION 11.5.
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	58	 
	 SECTION 11.6.
	 	 When Notes Disregarded
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.7.
	 	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.8.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.9.
	 	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.10.
	 	 Successors
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.11.
	 	 Multiple Originals
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.12.
	 	 Variable Provisions
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.13.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.14.
	 	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.15.
	 	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	59	 
	 SECTION 11.16.
	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	60	 
	 SECTION 11.17.
	 	 FATCA
	  	 	60	 

 Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix 

Exhibit 1 — Form of Note 
 Exhibit A — Form of
Incumbency Certificate 
  

 INDENTURE, dated as of November 22, 2017, among Hess Infrastructure Partners LP, a
Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), Hess Infrastructure Partners Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors party hereto and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of Holders of the Issuers’ Notes:

 ARTICLE I 
 Definitions
and Incorporation by Reference 
 SECTION 1.1. Definitions. 

“Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions consummated during a period of
12 consecutive months, including pursuant to any merger or consolidation) of (a) more than 50% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in any Person or (b) other assets (other than Equity Interests in a Person) of, or of an
operating division or business unit of, any Person, other than capital expenditures and acquisitions of inventory, supplies or other assets in the ordinary course of business. 

“Additional Assets” means (i) any property or assets (other than current assets (as determined in accordance with GAAP),
Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business; (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such
Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) Capital Stock of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party. 

“Additional Notes” means Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date and in compliance with Section 2.13, it being
understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Initial Note issued on the Issue Date shall not be an Additional Note. 

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any date of redemption, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield
to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such date of redemption. 

“affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, Controlling or Controlled by or
under direct or indirect common Control with such specified Person. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any
redemption date, the excess of (if any) (A) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on February 15, 2021 (such redemption price being described in paragraph 5 of the Notes exclusive of any
accrued and unpaid interest, if any), plus (2) all required remaining scheduled payments of interest due on such Note through February 15, 2021 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the redemption date)
discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 50 basis
points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date. 

 “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition
(or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction, (each referred to for the purposes of this definition
as a “disposition”) of: 
 (1) any shares of Equity Interests of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than
directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); or 

(2) any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including the Capital Stock of other Subsidiaries of the Company.

 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions: 

(1) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of (A) inventory in the ordinary course of business, (B) used,
obsolete or surplus equipment, (C) property or other assets no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, in the conduct of the business of the Company (including allowing any intellectual property that is no longer used or
useful, or economically practicable to maintain, to lapse, go abandoned, or be invalidated), in each case, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors or an executive officer of the Company, and (D) cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(2) (i) sales, transfers or other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or
collection thereof in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and not as part of any accounts receivables financing transaction and (ii) dispositions of receivables pursuant to factoring transactions; 

(3) leases or subleases entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(4) licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business; 

(5) dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by
condemnation or similar proceeding of, any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (6) dispositions of assets
to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement assets; 

(7) the sale of all or substantially of an Issuer’s assets in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.1; 

  
 2 

 (8) an issuance of Equity Interests by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (9) Any Restricted Payment in compliance with Section 4.4;

 (10) the creation of a Lien permitted under this Indenture and dispositions in connection with such Lien 

(11) foreclosure on, or condemnation of, assets; 

(12) the unwinding of any Obligations under Hedging Obligations; 

(13) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation
claims in the ordinary course of business; 
 (14) sales, transfers and other dispositions of investments in joint ventures
to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and 

(15) any issuance of additional Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests, in
connection with any capital call or equity funding arrangements in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Attributable Debt” means,
with respect to any sale and lease-back transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate set forth or implicit in the terms of the lease included in such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for
rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items which do not constitute payments for property rights) during the
remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). In the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, such net amount
shall be the lesser of the net amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the net amount shall also include the amount of the penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid
under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated) or the net amount determined assuming no such termination. 

“Board of Directors” or “Board” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person or any committee
thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board or, in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, the group exercising the authority generally vested in a board of directors of a corporation. 

“Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or a Sunday, that is not a day on which the Trustee or banking institutions are
authorized or required by law or regulation to close, in the city of New York, New York. 

  
 3 

 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests
(including partnership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible
into such equity. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United
States (or any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 

(2) investments in commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of
acquisition a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies above cease publishing ratings of
investments; 
 (3) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and demand or time deposits, in each
case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United
States or any State thereof, and such bank has a long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings
Group, Inc., or “A3” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies above cease publishing ratings of
investments, and has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500 million; 
 (4) fully
collateralized repurchase agreements described in clause (3) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (3) above; and 

(5) “money market funds” that invest 90% or more of their assets in instruments of the type specified in
clauses (1) through (4) above or that are rated AAA by S&P or Aaa by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies above cease publishing ratings of
such investments. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following: 

(1) (A) the failure of the HIP General Partner to be the sole general partner of, and to Control, the Company or (B) the
Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any “person” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of
the Exchange Act) (other than any one or more Permitted Holders) or “persons” that are together a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the

  
 4 

 
Exchange Act) (other than a group of which at least a majority are Permitted Holders), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination or purchase of
“beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a majority in the aggregate of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of the HIP General Partner; 
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation
or dissolution of the Company or the HIP General Partner; or 
 (3) the merger or consolidation of the Company or the HIP
General Partner with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company or the HIP General Partner or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company or the HIP General Partner (determined on a
consolidated basis, but with such consolidation limited to such entities) to another Person other than (i) a merger or consolidation in which the survivor is a Restricted Subsidiary or a sale of assets in which the transferee is a Restricted
Subsidiary or the MLP or (ii) a transaction following which (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation transaction, holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the HIP General Partner immediately prior to such
transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger or consolidation transaction) own, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such
merger or consolidation transaction immediately after such transaction and (B) in the case of a sale of assets transaction, each transferee becomes an obligor in respect of the Notes and a Subsidiary of the transferor of such assets. 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event. 

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Common Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP Partnership Agreement. 

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor corporation shall
have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, the “Company” shall mean such successor corporation. 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity
comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed from the redemption date to February 15, 2021 that would be used, at the time of selection and under customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities
of a maturity most nearly equal to February 15, 2021. 

  
 5 

 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any date of redemption, the
average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the date of redemption, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuers obtain fewer than three Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average
of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such
period, plus 
 (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of: 

(i) consolidated interest expense for such period (including imputed interest expense in respect of capital leases,
amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, amortization of capitalized interest and the net amount accrued (whether or
not actually paid) pursuant to any interest rate protection agreement during such period)); 
 (ii) consolidated income tax
expense for such period; 
 (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation for such period and amortization of intangible
assets for such period; 
 (iv) (A) extraordinary expenses or losses for such period or (B) any unusual or
nonrecurring noncash charges or losses (including impairment of goodwill or intangible assets) for such period; 
 (v) any
losses for such period attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any Swap Agreement; 
 (vi)
any unrealized losses for such period attributable to the application of “mark to market” accounting in respect of Swap Agreements; 

(vii) the cumulative effect for such period of a change in accounting principles; and 

(viii) any fees and expenses for such period relating to the “Transactions” (as such term is defined in the Credit
Agreement); 
 provided that any cash payment made with respect to any noncash items added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA for
any prior period pursuant to clause (iv) above shall be subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA for the period in which such cash payment is made; and minus 

(b) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of: 

(i) (A) any extraordinary gains for such period or (B) any unusual or nonrecurring noncash gains for such period;

  
 6 

 (ii) any gains for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of
Indebtedness or obligations under any Swap Agreement; 
 (iii) any unrealized gains for such period attributable to the
application of “mark to market” accounting in respect of Swap Agreements; and 
 (iv) the cumulative effect for
such period of a change in accounting principles; 
 provided further that Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated so as to
exclude the effect of any gain or loss that represents after-tax gains or losses attributable to any sale, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Company or any of the Specified Consolidated
Subsidiaries, other than dispositions of inventory and other dispositions in the ordinary course of business. 
 All amounts added back in
computing Consolidated EBITDA for any period pursuant to clause (a) above, and all amounts subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) above, to the extent such amounts are, in the reasonable judgment of a financial
officer of the Company, attributable to any Specified Consolidated Subsidiary that is not wholly owned, directly or indirectly through the Specified Consolidated Subsidiaries, by the Company shall be reduced by the portion thereof that is
attributable to the ownership interest in such Specified Consolidated Subsidiary that is not directly, or indirectly through the Specified Consolidated Subsidiaries, owned by the Company. 

For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period, if during such period the Company or any Specified Consolidated Subsidiary
shall have consummated a Material Acquisition or a Material Disposition or an Asset Disposition, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, and in the case of an Asset Disposition, the application
of the proceeds therefrom, in accordance with this paragraph. All pro forma computations required to be made under this Indenture giving effect to any transaction shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro
forma computations made hereunder to determine whether or other transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder, to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period covered by any component of such pro forma computation
and on or prior to the date of such computation) as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the Most Recent Fiscal Quarter, and, to the extent applicable, to the historical
earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of and any related incurrence or reduction of Indebtedness, all in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for
the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Swap Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, net income (loss) of the Company on a consolidated basis determined in accordance
with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded in determining such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein) (a) the income (or loss) of any Person other than a Specified Consolidated Subsidiary in which the

  
 7 

 
Company or any Specified Consolidated Subsidiary has an ownership interest, provided that Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by (i) the amount actually received by the Company or
such Specified Consolidated Subsidiary from the MLP in such period as cash distributions in respect of the IDRs and (ii) the amount of cash dividends and similar cash distributions (other than cash distributions in respect of the IDRs) actually
received by the Company or such Specified Consolidated Subsidiary from such Person in such period in an amount not to exceed the portion of net income of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP
(but excluding, in determining such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), the net income of the Specified Unrestricted Subsidiaries attributable to the ownership interest therein held directly, or indirectly through the Specified
Consolidated Subsidiaries, by the Company), (b) any undistributed net income of, or any amounts referred to in the proviso to clause (a) above paid to, a Specified Consolidated Subsidiary to the extent that the ability of such Specified
Consolidated Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Company or to another Specified Consolidated Subsidiary is, as of the date of determination of Consolidated Net Income, restricted by its organizational documents, any contractual obligation
(other than the Credit Agreement) or any applicable law and (c) the income or loss of, and any amounts referred to in the proviso to clause (a) above paid to, any Specified Consolidated Subsidiary that is not wholly owned, directly or
indirectly through the Specified Consolidated Subsidiaries, by the Company to the extent such income or loss or such amounts are attributable to the ownership interest in such Specified Consolidated Subsidiary that is not directly, or indirectly
through the Specified Consolidated Subsidiaries, owned by the Company.  
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets”
means, as of any date of determination, the total assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, less the current liabilities and intangible assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, which, in each case, would appear on a
consolidated balance sheet of the Company (but with such consolidation limited to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries) prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date of determination. 

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, on any date, without duplication, (A) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness of the Company and the Specified Consolidated Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis, but only if such Indebtedness (i) is of the type referred to in clause (a), (b), or (c) (but excluding any
contingent obligations) of the definition of the term “Indebtedness” or (ii) is of the type referred to in clause (d) or (e) of the definition of the term “Indebtedness”, to the extent such Indebtedness relates to
Indebtedness of others of the type referred to in clause (i) above, plus (B) the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt of the Company and the Specified Consolidated Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated
basis; provided, that in the case of any such Indebtedness of any Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary, the percentage thereof equal to the percentage of ownership interests therein that are not held directly, or indirectly through the Specified
Consolidated Subsidiaries, by the Company shall be excluded except to the extent the Company or any Specified Consolidated Subsidiary is liable therefor. 

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

  
 8 

 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any
particular time its corporate trust business with respect to this Indenture shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 150 East 42nd Street, 40th Floor, New York, NY 10017 Attention: Corporate, Municipal and Escrow
Services, and for Agent services such office shall also mean the office or agency of the Trustee located at Corporate Trust Operations, MAC N9300-070, 600 South Fourth Street, Seventh Floor, Minneapolis, MN
55415, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate
from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 
 “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated
as of July 1, 2015, as amended and restated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, as borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and the lenders from time to time party thereto, and any amendments, supplements,
modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refinancings thereof, whether provided under the original Credit Agreement or any other credit agreement providing for revolving and/or term loan credit facilities. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more credit facilities, debt facilities (including the Credit Agreement), indentures or commercial
paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, capital market financings, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or
to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or letters of credit guarantees, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, refunded, replaced in any
manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original trustee, holders, purchasers, administrative agent and
lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original Credit Facility or any other credit or other agreement or indenture). 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated as “Designated Non-Cash
Consideration” pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the portion of the non-cash consideration
converted to cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the consummation of such Asset Disposition). 

  
 9 

 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms
of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock
that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control will not constitute Disqualified
Stock. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any
mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
 “Equity Interests” of any Person
means (1) any and all Capital Stock of such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such Capital Stock
of such Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Equity Interests, regardless of whether such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests. 

“Equity Offering” means a sale of Equity Interests of a Person (other than Disqualified Stock and other than to a Subsidiary of such
Person) made for cash by such Person, or any cash contribution to the equity capital of such Person, after the date of this Indenture. 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC
thereunder. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability
as determined by an Officer of the Company in good faith. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America in effect from time to time. 
 “Gathering Unrelated Assets” means (a) any property, rights or assets
(including easements, rights-of-way and other real property rights) not primarily used in connection with the business or operations of the Company and the Specified
Consolidated Subsidiaries or the Gathering Business as conducted or contemplated to be conducted as of the Issue Date or at any time thereafter or (b) any rights intended to be granted to the MLP or any of its Subsidiaries that are reasonably
required for the continued operation of its business as conducted or as contemplated to be conducted as of the Issue Date (it being understood that this clause (b) is not intended to include commercial agreements), in each case under clauses
(a) and (b) above, the disposition or disposal of which could not reasonably be expected to materially impair any rights or operations of, or materially detract from the value of the property, rights or assets of, or interfere with the ordinary
conduct or business of, the Company or any of the Specified Consolidated Subsidiaries or the Gathering Business. 

  
 10 

 “guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly
or indirectly guaranteeing any indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such indebtedness
of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or
(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the
term “guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee,” when used as a verb, has a correlative meaning. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 

“Guarantor” means any Person that guarantees the Notes, either on the Issue Date or after the Issue Date in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture, in each case, until the Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement,
interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or
mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 
 “HIP General
Partner” means Hess Infrastructure Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 
 “Holder” or
“Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the security register books. 
 “IDR Reset Common
Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP Partnership Agreement. 
 “IDRs” means (i) the
“Incentive Distribution Rights” of the MLP, as such term is defined in the MLP Partnership Agreement, (ii) any IDR Reset Common Units and (iii) any Common Units (other than IDR Reset Common Units) received in exchange for any
Incentive Distribution Rights (as defined above) or modification thereof as part of any negotiated transaction. 
 “incur” means
issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,
(a) indebtedness for borrowed money (including indebtedness evidenced by debt securities) of such Person, (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable in the
ordinary course of business, (c) the maximum aggregate amount of all letters of credit and letters of guaranty in respect of which such Person is an account party, (d) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or
acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person, but only to the extent of such property’s fair market value and (e) all guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others. 

  
 11 

 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 “Investment Grade” means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of
Moody’s); or a rating of BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P); and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement Rating Agency
or Rating Agencies appointed by the Company. 
 “Issue Date” means November 22, 2017. 

“Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA
for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the Most Recent Fiscal Quarter. 
 “Lien” means any mortgage,
security interest, pledge, lien, charge or other similar encumbrance. 
 “Material Acquisition” means any Acquisition if the
aggregate consideration therefor (including Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith) exceeds $10,000,000. 
 “Material
Disposition” means any sale, transfer or other disposition, or a series of related sales, transfers or other dispositions, of (a) all or substantially all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in any Person that are owned by the
Company or any Specified Consolidated Subsidiary or (b) assets comprising all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person;
provided that the aggregate consideration therefor (including Indebtedness assumed by the transferee in connection therewith) exceeds $10,000,000. 

“Midstream Assets Business” means (a) midstream assets, liabilities and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries located
in the Bakken and Three Forks shale plays in the Williston Basin area of North Dakota, including (i) a natural gas processing and fractionation plant located in Tioga, North Dakota, (ii) a rail loading terminal located in Tioga, North
Dakota, crude oil truck and pipeline receipt terminals located in Williams and McKenzie Counties, North Dakota and crude oil rail cars, (iii) the crude oil pipeline header system located in McKenzie County, North Dakota and (iv) a propane
storage cavern and rail and truck transloading facility located in Mentor, Minnesota (assets referred to in this clause (iv), the “Mentor Storage Business”), and (b) the gathering and pipeline systems of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, including Red Sky/Nesson crude oil and natural gas gathering and compression system located in Williams, Mountrail, Divide and Burke counties in North Dakota, Hawkeye crude oil and natural gas gathering system located in McKenzie,
Williams and Mountrail Counties, North Dakota (including the Hawkeye gas facility and the Hawkeye oil facility), and Goliath crude oil and natural gas gathering system located in Williams County, North Dakota (together with certain contract rights
relating thereto, the “Gathering Business”). 

  
 12 

 “Midstream Unrelated Assets” means any property, rights or assets (including
easements, rights-of-way and other real property rights) not primarily used in connection with the Midstream Assets Business as conducted or contemplated to be conducted
by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2015 or at any time thereafter, in each case (a) that were intended as of July 1, 2015 to be retained by Hess Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its
Subsidiaries), (b) that are reasonably required for the continued operation of the business of Hess Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) as conducted as of July 1, 2015 and (c) the
disposition or disposal of which could not reasonably be expected to materially impair any rights or operations of, or materially detract from the value of the property, rights or assets of, or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of, the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries. 
 “MLP” means Hess Midstream Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership. 

“MLP Common Unit Consideration” means (i) the publicly traded price of the Common Units received by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated as “MLP Common Unit Consideration” pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) if a public trading price for such Common Units is unavailable, the valuation
determined in good faith by a financial Officer of the Company (the basis of which shall be set forth in the Officers’ Certificate designating such “MLP Common Unit Consideration”), in each case, which amount will be reduced by the
value (determined pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) as applicable) of the portion of such Common Units converted to cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the consummation of such Asset Disposition. 

“MLP General Partner” means the MLP’s “General Partner” (as such term is defined in the MLP Partnership Agreement).

 “MLP Partnership Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hess Midstream
Partners LP, dated as of April 10, 2017. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of
Moody’s Corporation, and its successors. 
 “Most Recent Fiscal Quarter” means the later of (x) the fiscal quarter of
the Company ended on September 30, 2017 and (y) the fiscal quarter of the Company most recently ended for which consolidated financial statements of the Company have been delivered pursuant to Section 4.12. 

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred
payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net cash proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any
other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or other disposition or issuance or received in
any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 
 (1) all legal,
accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking
into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 

  
 13 

 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets
subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from
such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in
Subsidiaries or joint ventures or similar arrangements as a result of such Asset Disposition or made in connection with such Asset Disposition as determined by the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary, joint venture or similar arrangement; and 

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any
liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy,
reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering
Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated November 17, 2017, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes. 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Controller, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice
President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the General Counsel, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary, as applicable. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by any two Officers of the Company and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Issuers. The counsel may be an employee of the Issuers or any
of the Issuers’ affiliates. Opinions of Counsel required to be delivered under this Indenture may have qualifications customary for opinions of the type required and counsel delivering such Opinions of Counsel may rely on certificates of the
Issuers or governmental or other officials customary for opinions of the type required, including certificates certifying as to matters of fact. 

  
 14 

 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of
payment to the Notes, in the case of the Issuers, or the Guarantees, in the case of any Guarantor (in each case, without giving effect to collateral arrangements). 

“Permitted Holders” means Hess Corporation and its affiliates and any group (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act) with respect to which any such Persons collectively exercise a majority of the voting power. 
 “Person”
means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock”, as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however
designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such
Person. 
 “principal” means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is
to become due at the relevant time; provided, however, that for purposes of calculating any such premium, the term “principal” shall not include the premium with respect to which such calculation is being made. 

“Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the Company. 

“Rating Agency” means each of Moody’s and S&P; provided, that if either of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate
the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available, the Company will appoint a replacement for such Rating Agency that is a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of
Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act. 
 “Ratings Event” means the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both of the
Rating Agencies in any case on any day during the period (the “Trigger Period”) commencing on the date of the first public announcement by the Company of any Change of Control (or pending Change of Control) and ending 60 days following
consummation of such Change of Control. 
 “Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and their respective successors and any other primary treasury dealer the Company selects. If any of the foregoing ceases to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City, the Company
must substitute another primary treasury dealer. 
 “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference
Treasury Dealer and any date of redemption, the average, as determined by the Issuers, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuers by
the Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day before the date of redemption. 

  
 15 

 “Restricted Payments” means, with respect to any Person, any dividend or
distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest in such Person, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit on account of the
purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, exchange, conversion, cancellation or termination of, or any other return of capital with respect to, any such Equity Interest. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than (i) the MLP, (ii) any Subsidiary of
the MLP and (iii) any other Person, of which a portion of the Capital Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the MLP or a Subsidiary of the MLP. For the avoidance of doubt, Finance Corp. is a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for borrowed money secured by any Lien
on (or in respect of any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering) any properties or assets, including Capital Stock, of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, but excluding from such definition, all Indebtedness:

 (1) secured by Liens (or arising from conditional sale or other title retention agreements) existing on the Issue Date
(other than those arising under the Credit Agreement); 
 (2) incurred under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $1.5 billion at any time; 
 (3) owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 

(4) secured by Liens on properties or assets of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the stock or Indebtedness
of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition thereof; 
 (5) in connection with industrial development
bond, pollution control revenue bond or similar financings; 
 (6) secured by purchase money security interests; 

(7) secured by Liens existing at the time a corporation becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 16 

 (8) statutory Liens, Liens made in connection with bids and other standard
exempted Liens; 
 (9) in connection with Liens on oil or gas properties or other mineral interests arising as a security in
connection with conducting certain business; 
 (10) in connection with royalties and other payments to be paid out of
production from oil or gas properties or other mineral interests from the proceeds from their sale; and 
 (11) in connection
with any replacement, extension or renewal of any such Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness is not increased. 
 “Securities
Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Similar Business” means (i) the Midstream Assets Business,
(ii) the Gathering Business, (iii) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or (iv) any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary
to the foregoing or extensions, developments or expansions thereof. 
 “Specified Consolidated Subsidiaries” means (i) the
Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) the Specified Unrestricted Subsidiaries and their respective Subsidiaries. 
 “Specified
Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) Hess North Dakota Pipelines Operations LP, Hess TGP Operations LP and Hess North Dakota Export Logistics Operations LP; provided, that, each such entity will cease to be a “Specified Unrestricted
Subsidiary” in the event that 100% of the Capital Stock of such entity is directly owned by the MLP and (ii) any other Person that is a Subsidiary of the Company of which a portion, but less than 100%, of the Capital Stock is owned
directly by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and the remainder of such Capital Stock is owned by the MLP or any Subsidiary thereof. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of
principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof until the exercise of such option
by such holder). 
 “Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Person, any Indebtedness of such Person (whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50%
of the outstanding voting equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 

“Swap Agreement” means any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement or other interest rate, currency or commodity price
protection agreement capable of financial settlement only. 

  
 17 

 “Trust Indenture Act” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent
required by any such amendments, the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such
in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor. 

“Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
including any vice president, assistant vice president, 
 trust officer, assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily
performs 
 functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, 

respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s 

knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility 

for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of
the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer
thereof. 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. 

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “Affiliate”
	  	 	11.6	 
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	 	4.5	 
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	 	4.5	 
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”
	  	 	4.5	 
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Period”
	  	 	4.5	 
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Purchase Date”
	  	 	4.5	 
	 “Agent Members”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Appendix”
	  	 	2.1	 
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	 	6.1	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.8	(b) 
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	 	8.1	(b) 
	 “Custodian”
	  	 	6.1	 

  
 18 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “Definitive Notes”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Depository”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Distribution Compliance Period”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “DTC”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.1	 
	 “FATCA Withholding Tax”
	  	 	11.17	 
	 “Gathering Business”
	  	 	1.1 (“Midstream Assets Business”	) 
	 “Global Notes”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Initial Purchasers”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	 	8.1(b	) 
	 “Mentor Storage Business”
	  	 	1.1 (“Midstream Assets Business”	) 
	 “Note Obligations”
	  	 	10.1	 
	 “Notes”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	 	6.1	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.3	 
	 “Purchase Agreement”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “QIB”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.3	 
	 “Regulation S”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	 	4.5	 
	 “Securities Custodian”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Sub Entity”
	  	 	1.1 (“Change of Control”	) 
	 “Successor”
	  	 	5.1(a	) 
	 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
	  	 	Appendix	 
	 “Trigger Period”
	  	 	1.1 (“Ratings Event”	) 

 SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. For purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly
provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “including” means including without limitation; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

  
 19 

 (5) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer
to the Issue Date or the date any Additional Notes were originally issued, as the case may be; and 
 (6) all references
herein to particular Sections or Articles shall refer to this Indenture unless otherwise so indicated. 
 ARTICLE II 

The Notes 
 SECTION 2.1.
Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”), which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this
Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Notes may have
notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuers are subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuers). Each Note
shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in each of the Appendix, Exhibit 1 and Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture. 

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. An Officer of each Issuer shall sign the Notes for such Issuer by manual or facsimile
signature which may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced thereon. 
 If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office
at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized
signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated under this Indenture. 

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $800,000,000 of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2026 and, at any time and from time to
time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers signed by an Officer of each Issuer (the “Issuer
Order”). Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of
such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as
any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

  
 20 

 SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain an office or
agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the
Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any such additional paying agent. The Issuers may change the Registrar or appoint one or more co-Registrars without notice. 
 In the event the Issuers shall retain any Person not a party to this
Indenture as an agent hereunder, the Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.
The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to
Section 7.7. The Issuers shall be responsible for the fees and compensations of all agents appointed or approved by it. Either Issuer or any of their domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent. 

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. 

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on
which any principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest when due. The Issuers shall require each Paying
Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes, shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment and shall, during the continuance of any default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the
Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes. If either of the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it
shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed
by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than one of the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy,
reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to an Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5.
Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall cause the
Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders. 

  
 21 

 SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form and
shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall
register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(1) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. 

SECTION 2.7. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note shall provide the
Issuers and the Trustee with evidence to their satisfaction that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. In addition, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or surety bond sufficient in
the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their
expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers. 

SECTION 2.8. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by
it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or an Affiliate of an Issuer holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory
to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code). 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient
to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be
outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.9. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery,
the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without
unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary
Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuers for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor, one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes. 

  
 22 

 SECTION 2.10. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee
for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer or exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record
retention requirements then in effect) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, payment or cancellation and, upon the written request of the Issuers, deliver evidence of such cancellation to the Issuers. The Issuers may not
issue new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, which shall not prohibit the Issuers from issuing any Additional Notes. All canceled Notes held by the Trustee may be disposed of by the Trustee
in accordance with its then customary practices and procedures. The Trustee shall provide to the Issuers a list of all Notes that have been canceled from time to time as requested in writing by the Issuers. 

SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay, or shall deposit
with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay, defaulted interest plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful at the rate specified therefor in the Notes in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the
defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date, which shall be the 15th day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuers for the payment of defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At
least 15 days before such special record date, the Issuers shall mail or electronically deliver or cause to be mailed or electronically delivered to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or
responsibility to any Holder to determine the amount of defaulted interest, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculations of the amount of defaulted interest owed. 

SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common
Code” numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided,
however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall advise the Trustee in writing of any change in any “CUSIP”
numbers, ISINs or “Common Code” numbers applicable to the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.13. Issuance of Additional Notes. After the
Issue Date, the Issuers shall, subject to compliance with the terms of this Indenture but without notice to or the consent of any Holders, be entitled to create and issue Additional Notes under this Indenture, which Notes shall have identical terms
as, and rank equally and ratably with, the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, the initial interest accrual date and amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable
thereto. 

  
 23 

 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in a resolution of the
Board of Directors of each Issuer and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee along with the Issuer Order, the following information: 

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and

 (b) the issue price, the issue date, the initial interest accrual date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes,
provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be issued with the same CUSIP number as the Notes previously issued under this Indenture if such Additional Notes are not fungible with such previously issued Notes for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. 
 SECTION 2.14. One Class of Notes. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall vote
and consent together on all matters as one class; and none of the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall together be deemed to
constitute a single class or series for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE III 

Redemption 
 SECTION 3.1.
Notices to Trustee. If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, they shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. In connection with any redemption
pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes prior to February 15, 2026, the Company shall give the Trustee notice of the redemption price promptly after the calculation thereof and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for such calculation. 

The Issuers shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 30 days before the redemption date unless the
Trustee consents to a shorter period. 
 Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuers to the effect
that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. 
 SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. If
fewer than all the Notes then outstanding are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by such other method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate, in accordance with methods generally used at the
time of selection by indenture trustees in similar circumstances. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or
integral multiples thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes, interests in the Notes shall be selected for redemption by the Depository in accordance with its standard procedures therefor. 

  
 24 

 SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before
a date for redemption of Notes, the Issuers shall mail by first-class mail or electronically deliver or cause to be mailed by first-class mail or electronically delivered a notice of redemption to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered address. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; 

(2) the redemption date; 

(3) the redemption price (or the method of calculating such price) and the amount of accrued interest to be paid, if any; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any; 
 (6) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate number (if
certificated) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed; 
 (7) that, unless the Issuers default in making
such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(8) the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 

(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, listed
in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (10) any conditions precedent to the redemption. 

At the Issuers’ written request (which may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given
such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the Issuers and at the Issuers’ expense. In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.3 at
least five Business Days prior to the date chosen for giving such notice to the Holders (unless the Trustee shall agree to a shorter period). The notice, if mailed or electronically delivered in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively
presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or electronic delivery or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in
part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Notes. 

  
 25 

 SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed or
electronically delivered in accordance with Section 3.3, Notes called for redemption shall become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price as stated in the notice, subject to satisfaction of any condition specified
with respect to such redemption. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent on or after the redemption date, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date;
provided that the Issuers shall have deposited the redemption price with the Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder
shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. Noteholders of record on the relevant record date shall be entitled to receive interest due on an interest payment date occurring on or prior to a redemption date. 

SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption, the Issuers shall
deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if an Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes
to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption which are owned by an Issuer or a Subsidiary of an Issuer and have been delivered by such Issuer or such Subsidiary to the Trustee for cancellation. All money,
if any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent shall be remitted to the Issuers. In addition, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay
the redemption price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed. 
 Unless the Issuers default in the payment of such
redemption price, interest on the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. 

SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder thereof (at the Issuers’ expense) a new Note, equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 ARTICLE IV 

Covenants 
 SECTION 4.1.
Payment of Notes. The Issuers, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that they shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture.
Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if, on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date, the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or, if an Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuers is the Paying
Agent, the segregated account or separate trust fund maintained by such Issuer or such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.4) holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

  
 26 

 The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the
Notes, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful as provided in Section 2.11. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuers or the Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do
so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America or other domestic or foreign taxing authorities from principal, premium, if any, or interest payments hereunder. 

SECTION 4.2. Limitations on Secured Indebtedness. So long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall not, directly or
indirectly, create or incur, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or incur, any Secured Indebtedness without in any such case effectively providing, concurrently with or prior to the incurrence
of any such Secured Indebtedness, that the Notes or, in respect of Liens on the property or assets of any Guarantor, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be secured equally and ratably with such Secured Indebtedness; provided,
however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not prohibit the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Secured Indebtedness if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Secured Indebtedness, the sum of the
aggregate amount of (a) all Secured Indebtedness then outstanding, excluding Secured Indebtedness which is secured to the same extent as the Notes or that is being repaid concurrently, and (b) all Attributable Debt payable under leases
entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.3(a), does not at that time exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 

SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. The Company shall not directly or indirectly, and shall not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to, enter into any lease longer than three years covering any property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is sold to any other
Person in connection with such lease, unless immediately after the consummation of the sale and leaseback transaction either: 

(a) the sum of all Attributable Debt payable under leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant
to this Section 4.3(a) and the aggregate amount of all Secured Indebtedness then outstanding, excluding Secured Indebtedness which is secured to the same extent as the Notes or that is being repaid concurrently, does not exceed 15% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; or 
 (b) an amount equal to the net proceeds received in connection with such sale is used
within 180 days to retire or redeem Indebtedness of the Company (including the Notes) or the Restricted Subsidiaries, the proceeds are at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and the Trustee is informed of the transaction;
provided, further that, in lieu of applying all of or any part of such net proceeds to such retirement, the Company may, within 180 days after such sale, cancel or deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable trustee for
cancellation either debentures or notes evidencing Indebtedness of the Company (which may include the Notes) or of a Restricted Subsidiary previously issued or authenticated and delivered by the applicable trustee, and not theretofore tendered for
sinking fund purposes or called for a sinking fund or otherwise applied as a credit against an obligation to redeem or retire such notes or debentures, and an Officers’ Certificate (which shall be delivered to the Trustee) stating that the
Company elects to deliver or cause to be delivered such debentures or notes in lieu of retiring Indebtedness as hereinabove provided. 

  
 27 

 SECTION 4.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company shall not declare or
make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except: 
 (a) any Restricted Payment if at the time of, and
immediately after giving pro forma effect to (consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the last paragraph of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”), such Restricted Payment and any related incurrence of
Indebtedness or other transactions (i) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the Most Recent Fiscal Quarter prior to the making of
such Restricted Payment shall not exceed 4.50 to 1.00; 
 (b) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, when taken together
with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (b) at that time outstanding, not to exceed $100.0 million; and 

(c) to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, the distribution or transfer of any Midstream Unrelated Assets or
Gathering Unrelated Assets to the HIP General Partner, Hess Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries). 

SECTION 4.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to consummate any Asset Disposition unless: 
 (1) the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the Equity Interests and assets subject to
such Asset Disposition; and 
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 provided, however, that if the
Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the Most Recent Fiscal Quarter prior to any Asset Disposition is (or, after giving pro forma effect to (consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the last paragraph of the definition of
“Consolidated EBITDA”) such Asset Disposition, would be) 4.50 to 1.00 or less, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to comply with the restrictions and obligations set forth in this Section 4.5 with
respect to any such Asset Disposition. 
 (b) Within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the
receipt of such Net Available Cash, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply, at its option, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition: 

(1) to repay Obligations under the Credit Agreement and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 

  
 28 

 (2) to prepay, repay, redeem, reduce or purchase (and, in the case of a
revolving credit facility, correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) Obligations under Secured Indebtedness (or other secured Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any
Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) to prepay, repay, redeem, reduce or purchase (and, in the case of a revolving credit facility, correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto) Obligations under other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall equally and ratably redeem or repurchase the Notes (i) pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, (ii) through open market purchases or (iii) by making an Asset Disposition Offer (as defined
below) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; 

(4) to invest in Additional Assets or make capital expenditures in or that are used or useful in a Similar Business; 

(5) to prepay, repay, reduce or purchase (and, in the case of a revolving credit facility, correspondingly reduce commitments
with respect thereto) Obligations under Indebtedness of a Specified Consolidated Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Specified Consolidated Subsidiary; or 

(6) in any combination of applications described in (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) above; 

provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) above and
clause (c) below, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture; provided, further, that in the case of clause (4), a
binding commitment to invest in Additional Assets or to make such capital expenditures shall be treated as a permitted application of an amount of Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such amount of Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 365 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any
Acceptable Commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such amount of Net Available Cash is applied in connection therewith, the 

  
 29 

 
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination, it being understood that if
a Second Commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such amount of Net Available Cash is applied, then such amount of Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 

For the purposes of clause (a)(2) above and for no other purpose, the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(1) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees, (y) Preferred Stock and (z) Disqualified Stock) that are assumed by the transferee of any such
assets (or that are otherwise canceled, forgiven or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee) for which the Company and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing; 

(2) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result
of such Asset Disposition (other than intercompany debt owed to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries), to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of
such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) any Designated
Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other
Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $50 million, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; 

(4) any MLP Common Unit Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such sale, transfer,
lease or other disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other MLP Common Unit Consideration received pursuant to this clause (4) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $150 million, with the
value of each item of MLP Common Unit Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; 

(5) any interests or securities received by the MLP General Partner in respect of such sale, transfer, lease or other
disposition in order to maintain a 2% general partner interest in the MLP; and 
 (6) any securities, notes or other
obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180
days following the closing of such Asset Disposition. 

  
 30 

 (c) Any amount of Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not
applied or invested as provided in the first paragraph of clause (b) above will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, or earlier at the Company’s option, if the aggregate amount
of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50 million, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and, at the Company’s election, to the holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to
purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Indenture or the agreements governing the relevant Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in each case in denominations of $2,000 and larger integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will commence an
Asset Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing or causing to be mailed by first-class mail (or otherwise delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository) the notice required pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture to the Holders at each Holder’s registered address, with a copy to the trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and the relevant Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset
Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal
amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be repurchased shall be selected on a
pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and tendered Pari Passu Indebtedness. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, regardless of the amount of Excess Proceeds used to purchase Notes or other Pari
Passu Indebtedness pursuant to such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 (d) The
Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five
Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 4.5 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if
applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not validly withdrawn in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. Payment for any Notes so
purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

  
 31 

 (e) The Company and any Restricted Subsidiary shall comply, to the extent
applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.5. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.5, the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under this Section 4.5 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations. 
 SECTION 4.6. Limitation on the
Disposition of Ownership of the MLP General Partner. 
 (a) The Company shall not, at any time from and after the Issue
Date, cease to be the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a majority in the
aggregate of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the MLP General Partner, whether as a result of issuance of securities of such Person, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of such Person or otherwise (for purposes of this
Section 4.6(a), the Company shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a specified Person held by any parent entity so long as the Company beneficially owns (as defined above), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of
the voting power of the Voting Stock of the parent entity); and 
 (b) the Company shall not permit, and shall cause its
Restricted Subsidiaries not to permit, the merger or consolidation of the MLP General Partner with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the MLP General Partner, the sale, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the
IDRs held by the MLP General Partner or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the MLP General Partner (determined on a consolidated basis) to another Person other than (i) a transaction in which the survivor or transferee is a
Person that is Controlled by the Company or (ii) a transaction following which in the case of a merger or consolidation transaction, holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the MLP General Partner immediately prior to
such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger or consolidation transaction) own, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in
such merger or consolidation transaction immediately after such transaction and in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction. 

SECTION 4.7. Limitation on Indebtedness of Specified Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not permit any Specified Unrestricted
Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof) to, directly or indirectly create, incur or permit to exist any Indebtedness, other than (a) Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (b) Indebtedness of any Specified
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owing to a Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) other Indebtedness (excluding guarantees of Indebtedness of any other Person) in an aggregate principal amount at
any time outstanding for all Specified Unrestricted Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries not to exceed $350,000,000. 

  
 32 

 SECTION 4.8. Limitation on Activities of Finance Corp. Finance Corp. shall not hold
any material assets, become liable for any material obligations (other than as co-obligor of the Notes or other debt securities of the Company) or engage in any significant business activities. 

SECTION 4.9. Compliance Certificate. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Company ending after the date hereof, a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signer thereof any Default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of
this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) occurred during the previous fiscal year, specifying all such Defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge. 

SECTION 4.10. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.3. The
Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.2. 

SECTION 4.11. Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, each Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a partnership, corporation or other Person. 
 SECTION 4.12. Reports.
(a) So long as the Notes are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Holders and the Trustee: 
 (i) within 100 days after the end
of each fiscal year, (a) an audited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, (b) an audited consolidated income statement for such fiscal year, (c) an audited consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal
year, in each case, prepared in accordance with GAAP, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year and including notes thereto and
(d) a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; all such financial
statements shall be audited by a certified public accountant of the Company that is independent and registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards in the United States; and

 (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, (a) an unaudited consolidated
balance sheet as of the end of that quarter, (b) an unaudited consolidated income statement for such fiscal quarter and for the then elapsed portion of such fiscal year, (c) an unaudited consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal
quarter and for the then elapsed portion of such fiscal year, in each case, setting forth in comparative 

  
 33 

 
form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year and including notes thereto and (d) a
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; all such financial statements
shall be certified by any Officer of the Company as presenting fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP. 
 (b) In addition to delivering the information required by Section 4.12(a) to the Noteholders
and the Trustee, the Company shall maintain a website (that, at the option of the Company, may be password protected) to which Noteholders, market makers affiliated with any initial purchaser of the Notes and securities analysts are given access
promptly upon request and to which all of the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (a) (i) and (a) (ii) above is posted. 

(c) No later than ten Business Days after the dates that the information described in clause (a)(i) above is required to be
delivered, the Company shall hold an annual conference call to discuss such financial information, during which management of the Company shall provide Noteholders, market makers affiliated with any initial purchaser of the Notes and securities
analysts with an update on the Company’s financial condition. 
 (d) So long as the Company is not subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to Noteholders upon the requests of such Noteholders, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so
long as any Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. 
 (e) The Trustee shall have no responsibility to
determine if the Company has complied with its reporting requirements or if the Company has posted any information on its website. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the
Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information or documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 SECTION 4.13. Change
of Control Triggering Event. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Company has mailed or electronically delivered, or has caused to be mailed or electronically delivered, a notice of redemption pursuant
to paragraph 5 of the Notes with respect to all outstanding Notes and redeems all Notes validly tendered pursuant to such notice of redemption, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Holder’s Notes, in whole
or in part, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of such purchase (subject to the right
of Noteholders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date occurring on or prior to the date of such purchase), in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 4.13. 

  
 34 

 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, unless
the Company has previously or concurrently mailed or electronically delivered or caused to be mailed or electronically delivered a redemption notice with respect to all outstanding Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, the Company shall
mail by first-class mail or electronically deliver, or cause to be mailed by first-class mail or electronically delivered, if the Notes are held by the Depository a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the “Change of Control
Offer”) stating: 
 (1) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to
require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date occurring on or prior to the date of purchase); 

(2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event; 

(3) the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or
electronically delivered; 
 (4) if the notice is mailed or electronically delivered prior to a Change of Control Triggering
Event, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring; and 
 (5) the
instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.13, that the Holder must follow in order to have that Holder’s Notes purchased. 

(c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased will be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed,
to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the
purchase date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note
purchased. 
 (d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this Section 4.13 shall be delivered by
the Company to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto. 

  
 35 

 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.13, the
Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in this Section 4.13 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 

(f) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and may be conditional upon the
occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of the Change of Control Offer. 

(g) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.13. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the Company shall
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations. 

ARTICLE V 
 Consolidation,
Merger and Sale of Assets 
 SECTION 5.1. When the Issuers May Merge or Transfer Assets. Neither Issuer shall consolidate with or
merge into any other Person or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any other Person, unless: 

(a) such Issuer is the continuing Person or, if such Issuer is not the continuing Person, the successor is a corporation or
other entity organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and expressly assumes by a supplemental indenture the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and any premium or any interest on, all the Notes and the performance
of every covenant in this Indenture that such Issuer would otherwise have to perform; provided, however, that Finance Corp. may not consolidate with or merge into any Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement so long
as the Company is not a corporation; and 
 (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of
Default would occur and be continuing or would result from the transaction. 
 SECTION 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted. A
successor will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the applicable Issuer under this Indenture. The applicable Issuer shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Notes and this Indenture to
the extent such Issuer was the predecessor Person. 

  
 36 

 ARTICLE VI 

Defaults and Remedies 

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs with respect to the Notes: 

(1) failure to pay the principal of, or any premium on, the Notes when due at the Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption,
upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 
 (2) failure to pay interest on the Notes when
due, continued for 30 days; 
 (3) failure by an Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any other covenant or other agreement
in this Indenture for 60 days after the Issuers have received written notice of such failure from the Trustee or from the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes; 

(4) Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Guarantor is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is
accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or cross accelerated exceeds $75,000,000; 

(5) an Issuer pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case; 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case in which it is the debtor; 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against an Issuer in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints a Custodian of an Issuer or for any substantial part of the property of the an Issuer; or 

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of an Issuer; 

(or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws) and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 

  
 37 

 (7) the Guarantee of any Guarantor for any reason ceases to be in full force
and effect or is declared null and void by any responsible officer of such Guarantor, other than any such cessation, denial or disaffirmation in connection with the termination of such Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of Article X. 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary
or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The
term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 A
Default with respect to Notes under clause (3) of this Section 6.1 is not an Event of Default until the Trustee (by notice to the Issuers) or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (by notice to
the Issuers and to the Trustee) gives notice of the Default and the Issuers do not cure such Default within the time specified in said clause (3) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and
state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. 
 The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee written notice in the form of an
Officers’ Certificate, within 30 days of an Officer of the Company becoming aware of such event, of any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuers are
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes
(other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or 6.1(6) with respect to an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders, shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a
declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or 6.1(6) with respect to an Issuer occurs and is continuing, the principal
of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration and all amounts owing to the Trustee have been paid. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its
discretion proceed to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to collect such monies or protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of the Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as
the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper
remedy. 

  
 38 

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does
not produce any of them in the proceeding. Any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee may be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any
right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are, to the extent permitted
by law, cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of no less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, waive any past or existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (1) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on a Note or (2) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected. When a Default or Event of Default is
waived, such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. Upon provision of security or
indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee with respect to
the Notes or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee, which may conclusively rely on opinions of counsel, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent
with such direction (it being understood that the Trustee shall not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any actions or forbearances taken or suffered in accordance with such direction are unduly prejudicial to Noteholders not
joining in such direction). 
 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. A Holder of Notes may not pursue any remedy with respect to this
Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) An Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Holder gives to the Trustee prior
written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

  
 39 

 (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it
against any costs, liabilities or expenses in compliance with such request; 
 (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60
days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (v) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes then outstanding do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period. 

A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Noteholder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to
receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together
with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May
File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, their respective creditors or any other obligor upon the Notes, or any of their creditors or the
property of the Issuers or such other obligor or their creditors and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and
any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. Any money or other property collected by the Trustee pursuant to Article VI hereof, or any money or other
property otherwise distributable in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture, shall be applied in the following order: 

FIRST: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents and its counsel for amounts due under this Indenture;

  
 40 

 SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Issuers. 

The Trustee may, upon prior written notice to the Issuers, fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this
Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuers shall mail or electronically deliver or cause to be mailed or electronically delivered to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date
and amount to be paid. 
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its
discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This
Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuers (to the extent they may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon,
or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuers
(to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution
of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE VII 

Trustee 
 SECTION 7.1.
Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the
continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth
in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being understood that permissive rights granted to the Trustee shall not be construed as duties of the Trustee); and 

  
 41 

 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the
truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such
Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or
not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own
willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this subsection does not limit the effect of subsections (b) or (f) of this Section 7.1;

 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee
was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5. 
 (d) Every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c) and (f) of this Section 7.1. 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or other property received by it or for holding moneys or other
property uninvested, in either case, except as otherwise agreed between the Issuers and the Trustee. Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which
they were received, but need not be segregated from other money or property except to the extent required by law. 
 (f) No
provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if
it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the
Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1. 
 SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may
conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance on, any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter
stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

  
 42 

 (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers or perform any
duties hereunder either directly or through attorneys and agents, respectively, and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder. 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers to exist or omits to take in good faith which it believes
to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters
relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of
Default with respect to the Notes unless either (1) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to a Trust Officer of the
Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office by the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes. Any such notice shall reference this Indenture and the Notes. 

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, including its
rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder. 

(i) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further reasonable inquiry or
reasonable investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, to examine the books,
records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

  
 43 

 (j) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver a certificate,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 

(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of
any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties
hereunder. 
 SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the
Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the
Issuers in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is continuing and if it is
actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail or electronically deliver to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by a Trust Officer of
the Trustee; provided, however, that no notice of a Default of the character specified in Section 6.1(3) shall be delivered by the Trustee until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a Default in
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to the interests of Noteholders. 

SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as practicable after each February 15 beginning with the February 15
following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to April 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail or electronically deliver to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with Section 313(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act if required by such Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall promptly deliver to the Issuers a copy of any report it delivers to Holders pursuant to this
Section 7.6. 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing or electronic delivery to Noteholders shall be filed by the Trustee
and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 

  
 44 

 SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. Each of the Issuers and each Guarantor,
jointly and severally, covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee (and any predecessor Trustee) from time to time such compensation for its services as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s
compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers and each Guarantor shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture, including costs of collection, in addition to such compensation for its services, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct as finally
adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee shall provide the Issuers reasonable notice of
any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. The Issuers and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and any predecessor Trustees against any and all loss, damage,
claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (other than taxes applicable to the Trustee’s compensation hereunder) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the
performance of its duties hereunder including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of
any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs), and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs incurred in connection with any action, claim or suit brought to enforce the
Trustee’s right to compensation, reimbursement or indemnification. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim of which a Trust Officer has received written notice and for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee so to
notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Issuers have been prejudiced by such failure. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate, to the extent
reasonable, in the defense of any such claim, and, if (in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee) the facts or issues surrounding the claim are reasonably likely to create a conflict with the Issuers, the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and
expenses of separate counsel to the Trustee. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence as finally
adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations under this Section 7.7, the Trustee (including any predecessor trustee) shall have a lien
prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. 

The Issuers’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction, discharge and termination of this
Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and any discharge of this Indenture including any discharge under any Bankruptcy Law. In addition to and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under applicable law or any of the
provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or (6) with respect to an Issuer, the expenses and the compensation for the services are
intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 45 

 SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time upon 60
days’ written notice to the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may remove the Trustee upon 60 days’ written notice to the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, which successor
Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuers. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (i) the Trustee fails to
comply with Section 7.10; 
 (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not
reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers and the Issuers
shall pay all amounts due and owing to the Trustee under Section 7.7 of this Indenture. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties
of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail or electronically deliver a notice of its succession to Noteholders affected by such resignation or removal. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it
as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office
with respect to the Notes within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding
the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such
corporation or banking association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties
hereto. 

  
 46 

 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to
the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver
such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the
Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the
Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act;
provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other
securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met. 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of
the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent
indicated. 
 ARTICLE VIII 

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance 

SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. (a) With respect to the Notes, when (i) all outstanding Notes
theretofore authenticated and issued (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation (A) have become due and payable, whether at maturity, as a result of repayment at the option of the Holders or as a result of the mailing or electronic delivery of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article III hereof or
(B) shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the
name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and, in each case of this clause (ii), an Issuer or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, funds (immediately available to the Holders in the case of clause
(ii)(A)) in U.S. dollars in an amount sufficient, or U.S. Government Obligations, which through the scheduled payment of principal of and interest thereon will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, without reinvestment,

  
 47 

 
in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants (which need not be provided if only U.S. dollars shall have been deposited), to pay at maturity or upon
redemption all outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date, and if in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) an Issuer or any Guarantor pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuers and the
Guarantors, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.1(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Issuers accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate
from the Issuers and an Opinion of Counsel from the Issuers that all conditions precedent provided herein relating to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

(b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, an Issuer or any Guarantor at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations
under the Notes and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.12 and 4.13 and the operation of Sections 6.1(3), 6.1(4) and 6.1(7) (“covenant defeasance
option”). An Issuer or any Guarantor may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. 

If an Issuer or any Guarantor exercises its legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated
because of an Event of Default. If an Issuer or any Guarantor exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(3), 6.1(4) or 6.1(7). 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuers, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge
of those obligations that an Issuer or any Guarantor terminates. 
 (c) Notwithstanding clause (a) above or the exercise
of a legal defeasance option, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 4.1, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 7.7, 7.8, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuers’ and the
Trustee’s obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
 SECTION 8.2. Conditions to
Defeasance. An Issuer or any Guarantor may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes only if: 

(i) such Issuer or such Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited in trust with the Trustee funds in U.S.
dollars in an amount sufficient, or U.S. Government Obligations, which through the scheduled payment of principal of and interest thereon will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, without reinvestment to pay the principal, premium, if
any, and interest when due on all outstanding Notes (except Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.7) to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(ii) unless only U.S. dollars shall have been so deposited, the Issuers deliver to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally
recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their written opinion that the scheduled payments of principal and interest on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money shall be sufficient, without reinvestment, to pay
the principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all outstanding Notes (except Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.7) to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

  
 48 

 (iii) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuers shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit
and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 

(iv) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (v) the Issuers deliver to the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with. 

Before or after a deposit, the Issuers may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Notes at a future date in
accordance with Article III. 
 SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government
Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations either directly or through the Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine
and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes. 
 SECTION 8.4.
Repayment to the Issuers. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuers upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money
held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of such principal and interest, and, thereafter all liability of the Trustee and the Paying Agent with respect to such money shall
cease, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors. 
 Any unclaimed funds held by the
Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be held uninvested and without any liability for interest. 

  
 49 

 SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Issuers shall pay and shall
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations other than any such tax, fee or other charge
which by law is for the account of the Holders of the defeased Notes; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to charge any such tax, fee or other charge to such Holder’s account. 

SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance
with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance
with this Article VIII; provided, however, that (a) if the Issuers have made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the
Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b) unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or governmental
authority, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall return all such money and U.S. Government Obligations to the Issuers promptly after receiving a written request therefor at any time, if such reinstatement of the Issuers’ obligations has occurred
and continues to be in effect. 
 ARTICLE IX 

Amendments 
 SECTION 9.1.
Without Consent of Holders. The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or the consent of any Noteholder: 

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(ii) to evidence the succession of another Person to an Issuer or any Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the
obligations of such Issuer or such Guarantor, in each case, in accordance with the provisions of Article V; 
 (iii) to add
any additional Events of Default; 
 (iv) to add to the covenants of an Issuer or any Guarantor for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon an Issuer or any Guarantor; 
 (v) to add one
or more guarantees for the benefit of Holders of the Notes; 
 (vi) to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its
Guarantee of the Notes in accordance with this Indenture; 

  
 50 

 (vii) to add collateral security with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee; 

(viii) to add or appoint a successor or separate Trustee or other agent; 

(ix) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes; 

(x) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the
uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); 

(xi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the
Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision in such “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; 

(xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided,
however, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; and 
 (xiii) to make any change if the change does not adversely affect the
interests of any Noteholder. 
 After an amendment under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail or electronically
deliver or cause to be mailed or electronically delivered to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment
under this Section 9.1. 
 SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this
Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
for Notes). However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected thereby, an amendment may not: 
 (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose
Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver; 
 (ii) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or installment of interest on, any
Note; 
 (iii) reduce the principal amount of, or the rate of interest on, any Notes; 

(iv) change the provisions applicable to the redemption of any Note under this Indenture or paragraph 5 of the Notes; 

  
 51 

 (v) make any Note payable in any currency other than that stated in the Note; 

(vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the Stated Maturity
therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity of any Note; 
 (vii) make any change in the
amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; 
 (viii) make any change in the ranking or
priority of any Note that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes; or 
 (ix) modify any of the above provisions of this
Section 9.2. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of
any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment under this
Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail or electronically deliver or cause to be mailed or electronically delivered to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or
any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.2. 
 SECTION 9.3. [Reserved]

 SECTION 9.4. Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind
the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. After an amendment or waiver becomes
effective with respect to the Notes, it shall bind every Noteholder. 
 The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date
for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately
preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be
Holders after such record date. 
 SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the
Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuers shall provide in writing to the Trustee an appropriate notation to be placed on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if
the Issuers or the Trustee so determine, the Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect
the validity of such amendment. 

  
 52 

 SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any
amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall
receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuers and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such
amendment complies with the provisions of this Article IX and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers in accordance with its terms subject to customary exceptions. 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such
supplemental Indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Noteholder theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. 

ARTICLE X 
 Guarantees 

SECTION 10.1. Guarantees. Each of the Guarantors hereby fully unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, as
primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and to the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Notes (the “Note Obligations”) to the Trustee and to the Holders. Each of the Guarantors further agrees (to the extent permitted by law)
that the Note Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Note Obligation. 

Each of the Guarantors waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Note Obligations and also
waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each of the Guarantors waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Note Obligations. The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to
assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise, (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof, (c) any rescission,
waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Note Obligations or any of them or (e) any
change in the ownership of the Company. 
 Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of
payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Note Obligations. 

  
 53 

 The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction,
limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Note Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim,
recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Note Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each of the Guarantors herein shall not be
discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default,
failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Note Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of each of the
Guarantors or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantors as a matter of law or equity. 
 Each of the Guarantors further
agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any of the Note Obligations is rescinded or
must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of an Issuer or otherwise. 
 In furtherance of the foregoing
and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any of the Guarantors by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay any of the Note Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each of the Guarantors hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of
(i) the unpaid amount of such Note Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Note Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law). 

Each of the Guarantors further agrees that, as between itself, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of
the Note Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Note
Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Note Obligations, such Note Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the
purposes of this Guarantee. 
 Each of the Guarantors also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1. 
 SECTION
10.2. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuers or any collateral security or
guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Note Obligations, nor shall any of the Guarantors seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Guarantor in respect
of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, 

  
 54 

 
until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuers on account of the Note Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any of the Guarantors on account of such
subrogation rights at any time when all of the Note Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall,
forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Note Obligations. 

SECTION 10.3. Consideration. Each of the Guarantors has received, or shall receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of its
Guarantee. 
 SECTION 10.4. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act
or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or
fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount
equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 

SECTION 10.5. Execution and Delivery. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees
that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture, as the case may be) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers, managers, its trustee, its managing member or its general partner, as the case may be. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding
the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If an Officer, manager, trustee, managing member or
general partner of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture, as the case may be) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Notes, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth
in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

  
 55 

 SECTION 10.6. Release of Guarantors. A Guarantor will be automatically released from
all its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and its Guarantee, and its Guarantee will automatically terminate (1) upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee or direct obligations of such Guarantor as a guarantor under the Credit
Agreement or such other instrument that required the Guarantee in accordance with Section 10.7, (2) upon the exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option pursuant to Section 8.1(b), or upon satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture pursuant Section 8.1(a), (3) upon the consummation of any sale, disposition or other transfer of any or all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) or other transaction
such that after giving effect to such sale, disposition or other transaction such Guarantor is no longer a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company or (4) in the event that (A) the Notes are rated Investment Grade by either of the Rating
Agencies, (B) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (C) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying the satisfaction of the foregoing clauses (A) and (B).
Upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall evidence such release by a supplemental indenture or other instrument which may be executed by the Trustee without the consent of any Holder. 

SECTION 10.7. Additional Note Guarantees. After the Issue Date, the Company shall cause (a) each wholly owned Restricted
Subsidiary that is not then a Guarantor that guarantees the Credit Agreement and (b) each wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary that is not then a Guarantor that guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries that (i) individually has a principal amount greater than $10,000,000 or (ii) when aggregated with all other such Indebtedness guaranteed by such Restricted Subsidiary, has an aggregate principal amount greater than
$30,000,000, to execute and deliver to the Trustee within 30 days of providing a guarantee described in clause (a) or (b) above, a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and shall provide a
Guarantee of the Note Obligations. 
 ARTICLE XI 

Miscellaneous 
 SECTION
11.1. Concerning the TIA. Except with respect to specific provisions of the Trust Indenture Act expressly referenced in the provisions of this Indenture, the Trust Indenture Act shall not be applicable to, and shall not govern, this Indenture
and the Notes. 
 SECTION 11.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing (including facsimile) and delivered in
person, via facsimile, electronically or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 

  
 56 

 if to the Issuers or any Guarantor: 

Hess Infrastructure Partners LP 

1501 McKinney Street 
 Houston,
Texas 77010 
 Facsimile Number: 212-536-8241 

Attention: Corporate Secretary 

and 
 Hess Infrastructure Partners
LP 
 1185 Avenue of the Americas, 40th Floor 

New York, NY 10036 
 Facsimile
Number: 855-283-8834 
 855-283-6931 
 Attention: Treasurer 

if to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Services 

MAC J0161-403 

150 East 42nd Street, 40th Floor 

New York, NY 10017 
 Facsimile
Number: 866-969-4026 
 Attention: Corporate, Municipal, and
Escrow Services – Administrator for Hess Infrastructure Partners 
 Any notices between the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may
be by electronic delivery, facsimile or certified first-class mail, receipt confirmed. The Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on the
registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. Notices or communications also may be electronically delivered to Noteholders. 

Failure to mail or electronically deliver a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with
respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, .pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give
such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be 

  
 57 

 
amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuers elect to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile
instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable
for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The
Issuers agree to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of
interception and misuse by third parties. 
 SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Noteholders may communicate
pursuant to Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of
Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. 
 SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request
or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(i) an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuers in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers,
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (ii) an
Opinion of Counsel of the Issuers in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Opinion of Counsel shall be given with respect to the authentication and delivery of any Initial Notes
issued on the Issue Date. 
 SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. The certificate or opinion with respect to
compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (i) a statement that the individual making such
certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (iii) a statement that, in the
opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 

  
 58 

 SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the
required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by an Issuer or by any affiliate of an Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes
outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

SECTION 11.8. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State
of New York. 
 SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the
Issuers), as such, of the Issuers shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note,
each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

SECTION 11.10. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors and
assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals. The parties
may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

SECTION 11.12. Variable Provisions. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian with respect
to any Global Notes (as defined in the Appendix hereto). 
 SECTION 11.13. [Reserved] 

SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of
this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 11.15. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

  
 59 

 SECTION 11.16. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable
for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism,
civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use
reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

SECTION 11.17. FATCA. The Trustee and the Issuers shall each be entitled to deduct any withholding tax required to be withheld under
Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof (“FATCA Withholding Tax”), and shall have no
obligation to gross-up any payment hereunder or to pay any additional amount as a result of such FATCA Withholding Tax. Each of the Issuers and the Trustee agrees to reasonably cooperate and to use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide information as each may have in its possession to enable the determination of whether any payments pursuant to this Indenture are subject to FATCA Withholding Tax. 

  
 60 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

			
	HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LP,
	as Issuer
	
	By: Hess Infrastructure Partners GP LLC, its General Partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title:  Chief Financial Office
	
	HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS FINANCE CORPORATION,
	as Co-Issuer
		
	By:	 	 /s/Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title:  Chief Financial Office
	
	HESS MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP LLC,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title:  Chief Financial Office
	
	HESS MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP LP,
	as Guarantor
	
	By: Hess Midstream Partners GP LLC, its General Partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/Jonathan C. Stein

		 	Name: Jonathan C. Stein
		 	Title:  Chief Financial Office

  
 61 

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/Yana Kislenko

		 	Name: Yana Kislenko
		 	Title:   Vice President

  
 62 

 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES 

1. Definitions 
 1.1
Definitions 
 For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional Note bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted securities
legend set forth in Section 2.3(d) of this Appendix. 
 “Depository” or “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company,
its nominees and their respective successors and assigns. 
 “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Notes, means
the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on
Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes. 
 “Notes” means (1) $800,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2026 issued on the Issue Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

“Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, MUFG Securities Americas Inc., DNB Markets, Inc., ING Financial Markets LLC, Mizuho Securities USA LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities
America, Inc., TD Securities (USA) LLC, ABN AMRO Securities (USA) LLC, Loop Capital Markets LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities, LLC, BBVA Securities Inc., Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc.,
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 

“Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated
November 17, 2017, among the Company, the Guarantors and the representative of the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Company and the
Persons purchasing such Additional Notes. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A
under the Securities Act. 
  

 “Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on
Rule 144A. 
 “Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or
any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are
required to bear the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(d) of this Appendix. 

1.2 Other Definitions 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section:
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes. 

2.1 (a) Form and Dating. The Notes will be offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Notes will be
resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the
Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Notes initially resold pursuant to
Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); and Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S
shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary global securities in fully registered form, in each case without interest coupons and with the global securities legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in
Exhibit 1 hereto (collectively, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Securities Custodian and registered in the name of the
Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S
Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note or any permanent global securities (collectively, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the
“Regulation S Global Note”) prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. Promptly following the termination of the 

  
 Appendix - 2 

 
Distribution Compliance Period, the Issuers shall cause the beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Permanent Regulation S
Global Note pursuant to applicable procedures of the Depository. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an issuer order for the authentication of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, an Offices’
Certificate, and an Opinion of Counsel. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. 

Beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if (1) such exchange
occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuers) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note is being transferred to a Person (a) who the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its
own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and (c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions. 

Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a
Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the
Trustee) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 

The Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as the “Global Notes”. The
aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided. 

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

 The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or
more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such
Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depository
(“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Issuers, the Trustee
and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any
agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such
Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

  
 Appendix - 3 

 (c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1, Section 2.3
or Section 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 

2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of
$800,000,000 5.625% Senior Notes due 2026 and (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuers pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, in each case upon a
written order of the Issuers signed by an Officer of each Issuer, such order to specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. 

2.3 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request: 

(x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

(y) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, 

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided,
however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (i) shall be duly endorsed or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(ii) if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted securities legend, they are being transferred or exchanged
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of
such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or 
 (B) if such Definitive Notes are being
transferred to an Issuer, a certification to that effect; or 

  
 Appendix - 4 

 (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an
exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that
effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Issuers so request, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in
Section 2.3(d)(i). 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive
Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied
by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with: 
 (i) certification, in the form
set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or (B) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially
purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note; and 

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Securities Custodian to make, an adjustment on its
books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depository account to be credited with such increase, 

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and
procedures existing between the Depository and the Securities Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount
of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the
principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Issuers in the
form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuers, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in
accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit 

  
 Appendix - 5 

 
of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the
Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions instruct the Depository
to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Registrar shall have no responsibilities to seek, and need not receive, any certificates, opinions or other documentation in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest within a single Global Note. 

(ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another
Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so
transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global
Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor
Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
 (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive
Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth
on the reverse of the Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be
adopted by the Issuers. 
 (v) Prior to any exchange of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note for a
beneficial interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the holder of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall provide the Depository with a certificate certifying that the beneficial owner of the interest in the Temporary Regulation S
Global Note is either a non-U.S. Person or a U.S. Person that has purchased such interest in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. 

  
 Appendix - 6 

 (d) Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (ii), each Note certificate evidencing the Transfer Restricted Notes (and
all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 THE NOTES
EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER SUCH NOTES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY
BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) OR THE
ISSUE DATE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO AN ISSUER OR ANY
SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM SUCH NOTE IS TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT
OF THIS LEGEND, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) THAT IS (A) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(C) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING
OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM,
AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING 

  
 Appendix - 7 

 
CASES IN CLAUSE (2)(B) OR (D), TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE
REMOVED AS TO ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UPON DELIVERY TO THE TRUSTEE BY US OR THE HOLDER THEREOF OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR THE REMOVAL HEREOF, IN ANY CASE AT ANY TIME AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS
“OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

DURING THE PERIOD ENDING ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, NO “AFFILIATE” (AS DEFINED
IN RULE 144) WILL BE PERMITTED TO RESELL ANY OF THE NOTES THAT CONSTITUTE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” UNDER RULE 144 THAT HAVE BEEN REACQUIRED BY ANY OF THEM. 

Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend: 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global
Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction
on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the
Note). 
 (e) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been
exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a
Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then
the Securities Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

  
 Appendix - 8 

 (f) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a
participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery
to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given
to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial
owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with
respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to
monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository
participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the
Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (g) Tax
Obligations. 
 (i) The transferor of any note shall provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information
necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Internal Revenue Code Section 6045. The Trustee may rely on information provided to
it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information. 
 (ii) In connection with any
proposed exchange of a Definitive Note for a global note, the Company or DTC shall be required to provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations,
including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Internal Revenue Code Section 6045. The Trustee may rely on information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such
information. 

  
 Appendix - 9 

 2.4 Definitive Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Securities Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1
shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with
Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note and the Depository fails to appoint a successor depository or if at any time such Depository
ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, and in either case, a successor depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or of its becoming aware of such lack of registration,
(ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Issuers, in their sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depository, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes
under the Indenture; provided, however, that Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall not be exchanged for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and (y) the receipt of any
certificates required under Regulation S. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this
Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its designated corporate trust office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon
such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and
delivered only in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000 and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the
Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(d) hereof, bear the applicable restricted securities legend and definitive securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and
otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Issuers shall promptly make available to
the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Issuers expressly acknowledge, with respect to the right of any Holder to
pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Indenture, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s Notes as if such Definitive
Notes had been issued. 

  
 Appendix - 10 

 EXHIBIT 1 

to 
 RULE 144A/REGULATION S
APPENDIX 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR
SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF
SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.] 

[Restricted Notes Legend] 
 THE
NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER SUCH NOTES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD,
ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS 

 
OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT,
PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) OR THE ISSUE DATE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) (THE
“RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO AN ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO
WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO
EACH PERSON TO WHOM SUCH NOTE IS TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER
(i) THAT IS (A) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(C) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES IN CLAUSE (2)(B) OR (D), TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
IN THE FORM SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AS TO ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UPON DELIVERY TO THE TRUSTEE BY US OR THE HOLDER THEREOF OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR THE
REMOVAL HEREOF, IN ANY CASE AT ANY TIME AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 2 

 DURING THE PERIOD ENDING ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, NO
“AFFILIATE” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144) WILL BE PERMITTED TO RESELL ANY OF THE NOTES THAT CONSTITUTE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” UNDER RULE 144 THAT HAVE BEEN REACQUIRED BY ANY OF THEM. 

[Temporary Regulation S Global Notes Legend] 

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN
THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER SECURITY REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE
40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION
COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO AN ISSUER, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY
STATE THEREOF. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURITY ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A AND
(2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, (B) TO A PERSON WHO IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, AND (C) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION
S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER
IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE). 

  
 3 

 [Definitive Notes Legend] 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 4 

 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

 

			
	No. ___________	  	$[                    ]
		  	 (subject to adjustment as reflected in the

Schedule of Increases or Decreases in

Global Note attached hereto)

 HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LP 

HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS FINANCE CORPORATION 

5.625% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2026 

CUSIP NO. [                ] 

ISIN NO. [                ] 

Hess Infrastructure Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and Hess Infrastructure Partners Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
for value received, promise to pay to ___________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________ Dollars (subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on February 15,
2026. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on [February 15, 2018] [first interest payment
date relating to any Additional Notes]. 
 Record Dates: February 1 and August 1 of each year (whether or not a Business Day).

 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LP AND HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS FINANCE CORPORATION have each caused this Note to be duly
executed. 
 Dated: _________ _________, 20__ 
  

			
	HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LP,
		
	    	 	By Hess Infrastructure Partners GP LLC, its General Partner

  
 B-1 

 
			
	By	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	HESS INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS FINANCE CORPORATION,
		
	By	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 2 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF 

AUTHENTICATION 
 This is one of the Notes referred 

to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  

as Trustee

		
	    by	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

5.625% Senior Note due 2026 
 1. Interest

 Hess Infrastructure Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (together with its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to, being herein called the “Company”) and Hess Infrastructure Partners Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called,
“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”) promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 5.625% per annum. 

The Company shall pay interest semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year (each such date, an “Interest
Payment Date”), commencing on February 15, 2018] [first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from [November 22, 2017] [date of issuance of any Additional Notes] [prior interest payment
date], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. Method of Payment 

By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and
payable, the Issuers shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Issuers shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal and
premium payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global
Note held by the Depository (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depository. The Issuers may make all payments in respect of a Definitive
Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee; provided, that such Holder shall
have furnished the Paying Agent with wire transfer instructions satisfactory to the Paying Agent at least 15 calendar days prior to the payment date. 

  
 4 

 If any interest payment date or other payment date of a Note falls on a day that is not a
Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if made on the date that the payment was due, and no interest shall accrue on that payment for the period from and
after that interest payment date or other payment date, as the case may be, to the date of that payment on the next succeeding Business Day. 
 3. Paying
Agent and Registrar 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the “Trustee”), shall initially
act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Issuers or any of their respective domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.

 4. Indenture 
 The Issuers issued the
Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 22, 2017 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Trust Indenture Act”).
Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. To the extent any
provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes
include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.13 of the Indenture. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The
Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur secured indebtedness, (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into sale and leaseback transactions,
(iii) the Company to make certain restricted payments, (iv) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate certain asset dispositions (v) the Company to dispose of a majority of its ownership interests in the MLP General
Partner or permit the MLP General Partner to dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or a majority of the IDRs, (vi) certain specified unrestricted subsidiaries to incur indebtedness and enter into mergers and (vii) the Issuers
to enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of their assets. 
 The Notes are guaranteed to the extent
provided in the Indenture. 

  
 5 

 5. Optional Redemption 

At any time prior to February 15, 2021, the Issuers may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
of Notes issued under the Indenture, upon notice as provided in the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 105.625% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the redemption date
(subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with an amount of cash not greater than the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering; provided that: (1) at
least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the
redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
 At any time prior to February 15, 2021, the
Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the Issuers’ option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

On or after February 15, 2021, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the Issuers’
option, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the years set forth below: 

 

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2021
	  	 	104.219	% 
	 2022
	  	 	102.813	% 
	 2023
	  	 	101.406	% 
	 2024 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Except as set forth above, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the election of the Issuers prior to maturity.

 The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund. 

6. Notice of Redemption 
 Notice of
redemption will be mailed or electronically delivered if held by the Depository at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations
larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $2,000. Notes of $2,000 or less may be redeemed in whole and not in part. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes
(or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption date (or, if an Issuer or any Subsidiary of an Issuer is the Paying Agent, such money is
segregated and held in trust), on and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 

  
 6 

 7. Put Provisions 

Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, subject to limited exceptions, any Holder of Notes will have the right to cause the Company to
repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase (subject to the right
of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date occurring on or prior to the date of such repurchase) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
 The
Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register, transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar
may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture; provided that no service charge will be made for any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any
Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing or electronic delivery of a notice of redemption of Notes to be
redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or electronic delivery. 
 10. Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes (subject to the rights of a registered holder as of a
record date prior thereto to receive interest due on an interest payment date as provided herein and in the Indenture). 
 11. Unclaimed Money 

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their request. After any such payment, all liability of the Trustee and the Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease and Holders
entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment. 

  
 7 

 12. Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, an Issuer or any Guarantor at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations
under the Notes and the Indenture if such Issuer or Guarantor deposits with the Trustee U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case
may be. 
 13. Amendment, Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for Notes) and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision of the Indenture or the
Notes may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. However, the Indenture requires the consent of each Noteholder that would be affected for certain specified amendments or
modifications of the Indenture and the Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without notice to or the consent of any Noteholder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any
ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to evidence the succession of another Person to an Issuer or any Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the obligations of such Issuer or such Guarantor in accordance with Article V of the
Indenture, or to add any additional Events of Default, or to add to the covenants of the Issuers or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor, or to add one
or more guarantees for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Guarantee of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to add collateral security with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee,
or to appoint a successor or separate Trustee or other agent, or to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes, or to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to conform the text of the Indenture, this Note or any Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent such
provision in such “Description of Notes” was intended to set forth, verbatim or in substance, a provision of the Indenture, this Note or the Guarantees, or to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer
and legending of the Notes, or to make any change if the change does not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder. 
 14. Defaults and
Remedies 
 Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Notes;
(ii) default in payment of principal, or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption or otherwise; (iii) failure by an Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any other agreement in the Indenture
or the Notes, subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to make any 

  
 8 

 
payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period, or upon acceleration in respect of Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Guarantor in an amount in excess of $75,000,000, subject to certain
conditions; (v) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving an Issuer; and (vii) the Guarantee of any Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared null and void by any responsible officer of such Guarantor, other
than any such cessation, denial or disaffirmation in connection with the termination of such Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving an Issuer are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of
Default. 
 Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce
the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee
may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to
their interest. 
  

	15.	 Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become
the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers and may otherwise deal with the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

 

	16.	 No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Issuers), as such, of the Issuers shall not have any liability for any obligations
of the Issuers under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part
of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	17.	 Authentication 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

  
 9 

 18. Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the
entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
 19.
[CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 
 The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on the Notes and
has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained
in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.] 

20. Governing Law. 
 This Note shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s Social Security or Tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  
  

			
	Date:
                                         
           	  	Your Signature:
                                         
           

 Signature Guarantee:
                                         
            
 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee
Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) 

  
 11 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE 

OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 

This certificate relates to $             principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable
space)             book-entry or             definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

			
	    ☐	  	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate
principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or
		
	    ☐	  	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes
are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of
the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 
  

					
	    (1)	  	☐	  	to an Issuer or any Subsidiary of an Issuer; or
			
	    (2)	  	☐	  	for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a Person it reasonably believes is a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that
purchases for its own account or for the account of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
			
	    (3)	  	☐	  	after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note pursuant to the offers and sales that occur outside
the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or  

  
 12 

					
	    (4)	  	☐	  	pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or
			
	    (5)	  	☐	  	pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar may refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the
name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (3) or (4) is checked, the Registrar may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications
and other information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the
exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

			
		 	  

Signature

	Signature Guarantee:	 	
		 	
	  
	 	  

Signature

 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized 

Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature 

guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Registrar) 
  

 
  

 

  
 13 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this certificated Note for its own account or an account with respect to which
it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon
the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 	  

		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  

		 		 	Signature

 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a 

recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or 
 other
signature guarantor program reasonably 
 acceptable to the Registrar) 
  

 

  
 14 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decrease in
 Principal Amount

of this Global
 Note
	  	 Amount of

increase in
 Principal Amount

of this Global
 Note
	  	 Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such
decrease or
increase
	  	 Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee
or
Securities
Custodian

  
 15 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.5 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock) or Section 4.13 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the box: 
  

			
	☐ 4.5	  	☐ 4.13

 ☐ If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.5
or 4.13 of the Indenture, state the principal amount to be purchased: $                 ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, provided that the unpurchased portion of
this Note must be in a principal amount of at least $2,000) 
  

							
	Dated:	 	  
	  	Your	  	  

		 		  	Signature:	  	 (Sign exactly as your name appears

on the other side of this Note.)

  

					
	Signature	 	    	 	  

	Guarantee:	 		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar,
which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 

  
 16

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00302-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00302-of-00352.parquet"}]]